Bebco EPS® Purge

Bebco EPS® Purge
Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco EPS
Purge and Pressurization Systems Engineer's Guide
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Subject to modifications · © Pepperl+Fuchs
Printed in USA · Part. No. 905611 1/15 01
The Leaders in Purging Technology ®
North/Central America Headquarters
Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.
Twinsburg · Ohio · USA
Tel. +1 330 486 0002
E-Mail: pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
BEBCO EPS® PURGE AND PRESSURIZATION SYSTEMS
ENGINEER'S GUIDE
Automation Is Our World.
A Perfect Application Solution Is Our Goal.
Defining the need
The need to place general-purpose equipment in
hazardous (classified) locations is not new, yet in the last
three decades the need has intensified dramatically. This
is primarily due to the following facts:
• Process control, measuring and recording equipment
that was once primarily pneumatic is now primarily
general-purpose electronic equipment.
• Motors and switchgears now use electronic accessories
to satisfy the needs for position, speed or process
control and energy efficiency, which often renders the
equipment unsuitable for use in hazardous locations.
• Newly developed equipment, such as robotic
manipulators, CNCs, batch weigh/count and filling
systems, analyzers, programmable controllers and CRT
work stations are rapidly becoming more prevalent in
the industrial work environment.
While the demand for these new devices continues to
grow, most of them cannot be economically installed in a
hazardous location by using explosion-proof enclosures
or intrinsic safety barriers, alone. Most modern electronic
equipment is expensive and delicate. For this reason, it
requires environmental protection that cannot be provided
by explosion-proof enclosures or intrinsic safety barriers.
Therefore, the need for an alternative to explosion-proof
enclosures and intrinsic safety barriers has become
extremely critical.
The alternative is purge and pressurization. As you learn
more about purge and pressurization, it will become
apparent that this technology is exactly what you require.
It will then become obvious that this technology offers
the safest and most economical means of installing
electrical equipment in a hazardous location. In
addition, this technology will undoubtedly impress you
as the only definitive way to enhance your equipment's
performance and access, while increasing the life
expectancy of delicate instruments. Finally, you'll learn
the most important point of all: The answer to your need is
Pepperl+Fuchs.
Table of Contents
Introduction1
Type Y and Z Systems (1000 Series)
25
Type Z Systems (1000 Series)
41
Type Y, Z and Ex [pz] Systems (3000 Series)
45
Type X Systems (2000 Series)
63
Type X and Ex [px] Systems (6000 Series)
91
Enviro-Line103
Custom Cabinet Solutions
105
Accessories111
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
INTRODUCTION
Examining the Solutions
Explosion-proof Enclosures
Intent
These enclosures are designed to contain an explosion if an
electrical device ignites flammable substances within the enclosure,
thus preventing ignition of the surrounding atmosphere. These
enclosures are commonly used for circuit breakers, mechanical
switchgears and high-powered equipment. The failure to properly
tighten all bolts and screw covers on these enclosures is the
greatest problem facing end users.
Advantages
• Explosion Containment • Requires Low Maintenance
• High-Powered Equipment
• No Electronics
• No Moving Parts
Disadvantages
• Cannot Indicate Failure of Containment Capability
• Danger to Equipment After Explosions
• Possibility of Installation/Maintenance Errors
• Cost of Protection per ft3 Increases with Enclosure Size
• Windows Are Limited
• Promotes Condensation
• Limited Sizes
• Cumbersome, Limited Access
• Bulky Designs
• Causes Harmful Heat Build up
• Excessive Weight
Intrinsic Safety Barriers
Intent
Advantages
These devices are designed to limit the current and voltage
conducted through a device's power or signal wiring. This
limitation prevents shorting and arcing of the wires or device,
thus preventing ignition of the surrounding atmosphere.
They are commonly used for protection of instruments that
operate at extremely low power levels and are suitable for
exposure to the environment.
2
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
•
•
•
•
The Only Protection Allowed for Zone 0
Eliminates Possibility of Explosion • No Hot Permits
Requires Low Maintenance
• No Special Cables
Ideal for Low-Power Devices
• Limits Energy to Device
Disadvantages
• Requires Documentation of I.S. Circuits and Installation
• Can be Used Only with Low-Power Devices
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Pepperl+Fuchs
Intent
Pepperl+Fuchs products are designed to supply one or
more protected enclosures with clean instrument air or inert
gas. This process removes flammable gases or prevents
the accumulation of ignitable dusts within the protected
enclosure(s). This method of protection is not limited by the
quantity, configuration, power requirements, or location of
the protected equipment. These systems are commonly
used for all applications involving basic electronics, electrical
equipment, motors and switchgear.
In addition, these systems can also meet the demands of
rack mounted instrumentation, video displays, programmable
controllers, computers, printers, recorders, measurement
devices, gas analyzers and calibration equipment.
One of the best benefits is the slow but continuous flow
of protective gas, which can be specifically used to eliminate
problems like heat, moisture, dust and corrosion. And unlike
explosion-proof enclosures, failure of a Pepperl+Fuchs
Bebco Enclosure Protection System does not create an
immediate danger.
INTRODUCTION
Enclosure Protection Systems
Advantages
• Reduces Heat Build up
• Inhibits Metal Corrosion
• Requires Low Maintenance
• Increases Equipment Longevity
• No Special Enclosures Required
• Allows Fast Access to Equipment
• Reduces Moisture & Dust Build up
• Reduces Classification within the Enclosure
• Continuous System Status Indication
• Protects Enclosures up to 450 ft3
• Allows use of any Enclosure Shape
• Cost of Protection per ft3 Decreases
with Enclosure Size
Disadvantages
• Contains Moving Parts
• Requires Instrument Air Supply
• Some Systems Require Electronics
• Hot Permits Required
Purge and Pressurization is the only
technology that meets the demand for general-purpose
equipment with standard enclosures inside hazardous
locations
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
3
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Defining Hazardous Areas
Class Ratings
Classes are used to define the explosive or ignitable
substances that are present in the atmosphere.
Class I - Flammable gases or liquid vapors
Class II - Ignitable metal, carbon or organic dusts
Class III - Ignitable fibrous materials
Group Ratings
STUDY GUIDE
Groups are used to define substances by rating their
explosive or ignitable nature, in relation to other known
substances.
TYPICAL CLASS I SUBSTANCES
Group A - Acetylene
Group B - Hydrogen or > 30% Hydrogen by Volume
Group C - Ethyl Ether & Ethylene
Today's modern refineries and manufacturing complexes
often contain both flammable gases and ignitable dusts,
making area classification of Division 1 and Division 2
locations an important but tricky task.
Group D - Acetone, Ammonia, Benzene & Gasoline
TYPICAL CLASS II SUBSTANCES
Group E - Aluminum, Magnesium & Alloys
Group F - Carbon, Coke & Coal
Group G - Flour, Grain, Wood, Plastic & Chemicals
Hazardous Area Definition
Hazardous (classified) locations are those areas in an
industrial complex where the atmosphere contains flammable
concentrations of gases or vapors by leakage, or ignitable
concentrations of dusts or fibers by suspension or dispersion.
The National Fire Protection Association
The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), formed
in 1896, is a nonprofit organization devoted to fire safety
standards and codes. It currently retains over 40,000
members who work to determine safe practices and establish
standards for all areas of commercial, industrial and residential
construction. They publish many documents including NFPA
70 - better known as the National Electric Code and NFPA
496 - the document that specifies recommended practices
for pressurization and purging.
Area Classification Methods
The NFPA establishes area classifications using three
factors. Identified as Classes, Groups and Divisions, these
factors are combined to define conditions of specific areas.
Division Ratings
Divisions are used to define the degree of hazard by
determining the explosive or ignitable substance's
expected concentration in the atmosphere.
Division 1 - Contains substances under
normal conditions
Division 2 - Contains substances under
abnormal conditions
Zone Ratings
Zones are used to define the degree of hazard by
determining the explosive or ignitable substance's
expected concentration in the atmosphere.
Zone 0 - Contains substances under
normal conditions (Continuously)
Zone 1 - Contains substances under
normal conditions (Intermittently)
Important Notes:
Division 1 areas must be surrounded by Division 2 areas.
4
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Zone 2 - Contains substances under
abnormal conditions
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Common Questions
What is purging?
How can the equipment be accessed?
Purging is the process of supplying enclosures with compressed
air or inert gas at the proper flow and pressure in order to reduce the
hazardous gas inside the enclosure to a safe level. Pressurization
is the process of bringing compressed air or inert gas within an
enclosure to a pressure where there is no ingress of hazardous gasses
or combustible gas. Both purging and pressurization are required in a
Class I, gas atmosphere. Only pressurization is required in a Class II,
dust atmosphere.
Equipment mounted in the protected enclosure can be
accessed if the area is known to be nonhazardous, or if all
power to the protected equipment has been de-energized.
In other words, internal equipment should be treated as
if located in an explosion-proof enclosure. However, a
cooling period may be required before accessing hot
components, such as transformers or variable speed
drives, which would otherwise be unacceptable for use
in the hazardous location.
What is used to purge/pressurize?
What is the pressure requirement?
Equipment mounted through the surface of a protected
enclosure may require a sealed access door if the
equipment is not suitable for exposure to the surrounding
atmosphere. Advanced pressurization systems, like
Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco Rapid ExchangeTM Purging
Systems can maintain a positive pressure, by increasing
the flow of protective gas while the access door is open.
Most purging applications require a minimum enclosure pressure
of 0.10 inches (2.5 mm) of water. One psi is equal to 27.7 inches
of water. In some circumstances, a minimum enclosure pressure
of 0.50 inches (12.7 mm) of water is required to protect against
ignitable dust. But in all cases, a higher enclosure pressure
should be maintained to create a reasonable safety factor. In rare
circumstances, enclosure pressures as high as 2.5 inches (63.5 mm)
of water may be required to offset sudden atmospheric pressure
fluctuations, such as those created near missile launching or
off-shore drilling platforms.
STUDY GUIDE
The most common and practical protective gas is compressed
instrument quality air that contains no more than trace amounts
of combustible vapor. Inert gases, such as nitrogen or argon are
acceptable. Although they are usually expensive and impractical,
they may be required for some gas analysis applications.
How much purging gas is used?
Average protective gas consumption during pressurization at a 0.10
inch (2.5 mm) enclosure pressure should fall somewhere between 0.1
to 3.5 SCFH per cubic foot (2.83 to 99.11 l/hr) of enclosure volume.
However, use will depend on the protected enclosure's integrity and
normal pressure setting. Use is also dependent on the quantity and
size of covers and doors as well as devices which penetrate the
surface. Advanced forms of protection such as cooling or dilution
may require continuous flow rates of 30 to 100 SCFH (849.38
to 2831.26 l/m). Purging requires a much higher flow rate than
pressurization, but only for a short period of time.
What kinds of enclosures can be purged?
Any enclosure can be purged, but enclosures featuring gasketing
and multiple door fasteners are ideal. Therefore, in the absence
of official construction requirements for purged enclosures,
Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco recommends enclosures which meet or
exceed the National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association rating
of NEMA 4 or NEMA 12.
What kinds of devices can be purged?
Virtually any basic electrical device can be purged, if all "live"
or energized components can be isolated from the surrounding
environment. Devices such as pushbuttons, relays, timers and
programmable controllers only need to be installed in a sealed
enclosure. Motors only require a totally enclosed housing.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
In this application, a stainless steel enclosure features an
access door for control adjustments and maintenance,
along with a very unique audible and visual alarm system.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
5
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
STUDY GUIDE
NFPA & ISA Design Standards
Pressurization Standards
Purging and Pressurizing Methods
Committee SP12 of the Instrument Society of America
(ISA) established the first Design Standard in 1966, entitled
"ISA s12.4 - Instrument Purging For Reduction Of Hazardous
Area Classification." In 1967, the NFPA Technical Committee
on Electrical Equipment in Chemical Atmospheres established
recommended practices, entitled "NFPA 496 - Purged and
Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment." Since
then, the NFPA has expanded their document by adding
recommendations for enclosure ventilation and dilution.
The NFPA and ISA define several techniques for
protecting equipment. Most equipment requires only basic
pressurization in Class II areas or purging in Class I areas.
Ventilation and dilution are advanced protection methods for
heat producing or flammable gas analyzing equipment.
The NFPA document is the American standard for the
design, marking and performance of enclosures and
pressurization systems. The ISA document addresses
construction, installation and testing of protected enclosures
and pressurization systems.
Pressurization "Types"
The NFPA and ISA define "Types" of pressurization based
on the Division rating of a hazardous location and electrical
ratings of the protected equipment. General-purpose and
Division 2 rated electrical equipment require different means
of protection, depending on their location.
Type "X"
Protects general-purpose equipment in Division 1 Areas
This system reduces the classification within protected
enclosures from Division 1 to nonhazardous. It is required to
automatically control electrical power to all protected
equipment.
Purging
Common equipment in Class I Areas
As strictly defined by NFPA 496, this method is a start-up
process of Class I area pressurizing which removes flammable
vapors from a protected enclosure. This is accomplished
by exchanging a known volume of protective gas, while
maintaining a minimum positive enclosure pressure of 0.10
inches (2.5 mm) of water. The 2003 edition of NFPA 496
recommends 4 volume exchanges for all enclosures and 10
volume exchanges for all motors.
Pressurization
Common equipment in Class I & II Areas
This method prevents the entrance of flammable gas or
combustible dust into protected enclosures. In Class II areas,
this is accomplished by manually removing any dust and
then applying a protective gas supply to maintain a positive
enclosure pressure of 0.50 inches (12.7 mm) of water. In
Class I areas, this is accomplished by "purging" as defined
below, and by then maintaining a minimum positive enclosure
pressure of 0.10 inches (2.5 mm) of water. Power can then
be applied to the protected equipment under conditions
established by the Division rating.
Type "Y"
Ventilation
Protects Division 2 rated equipment in Division 1 Areas
This system reduces the classification within protected
enclosures from Division 1 to Division 2. All protected
equipment must be rated for Division 2. Automatic power
control disconnects are not required, but visual and/or audible
alarms must be initiated when there is loss of pressure.
Type "Z"
Hot equipment in Class I & II Areas
This method provides protection as outlined above and
also removes or dissipates heat from electrical devices within
a protected enclosure. This method is commonly used to
cool equipment or reduce enclosure surface temperatures.
Ventilation requires high air flow and is commonly performed
with blowers for high voltage switchgear devices.
Protects general-purpose equipment in Division 2 Areas
This system reduces the classification within protected
enclosures from Division 2 to nonclassified. Automatic power
control disconnects are not required, but visual and/or audible
alarms must be initiated when there is loss of pressure.
6
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Dilution
Analytical equipment in Class I Areas
This method provides protection as outlined above and
also continuously removes or dissipates flammable gases
within a protected enclosure. Dilution may require the use of
nitrogen to blanket the enclosure. Otherwise, a higher flow
of instrument air will likely be required.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Pressurization System Designs
Choosing a System
Requirements for Alarms
There are four primary factors that determine which purge
system is appropriate for your application:
• Classification of the area.
• Ratings of the equipment inside the enclosure.
• Enclosure size, position of doors, windows and any
accessories.
• Power requirement to the enclosure (Type X systems).
Area Classification
Alarms are connected directly to the enclosure and monitor
the differential air pressure between the enclosure and the
environment outside it. These alarms are activated by the
reduction in flow or pressure within the protective enclosure
and have a direct connection to the enclosure, eliminating
the need for an alarm on the protective gas supply.
• The alarm must be located where the operator can
see it easily.
• The alarm must take its measurement from the
enclosure only.
• Alarms located in the hazardous area must be rated
for the area.
• Valves cannot be connected between the alarm and
the enclosure.
Equipment Ratings
The rating on the equipment inside the enclosure becomes
important in evaluating which purge system to use in a
Division 1 area. If the Division 1 area contains at least one
general-purpose component, a Type X system is required.
If all devices in the enclosure are rated for Division 2, then
a Type Y system can be used. Special conditions exist for
enclosures such as gas analyzers and chromatographs that
contain a flammable gas. Refer to NFPA 496 2003 for more
information.
OPTIONAL PRESSURE
RELIEF DEVICE
PRESSURE
INDICATOR
PROTECTIVE
GAS SUPPLY
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
Enclosure Size
The size of the enclosure determines the size of the purge
system. How the system is mounted depends on the position
of doors, windows and cable entrances.
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE
OPTIONAL PRESSURE
RELIEF DEVICE
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
OPTIONAL
ALARM
OR
POWER
CUT-OFF
SWITCH
PRESSURE
INDICATOR
NEEDLE
VALVE
Power Requirement
For Type X systems, the control unit operates the power
disconnect to the enclosure. If the power requirement for the
enclosure exceeds the contact ratings on the control unit,
a control relay must be added. If the control relay is located
in the hazardous area, it must be rated for that hazardous
location. As power increases inside the enclosure, high
temperatures become a problem. Refer to NFPA 496 2003
for more information.
STUDY GUIDE
The area classification determines the type of purge system
needed. For Division 1 areas, the equipment inside the
enclosure determines whether a Type X system (equipment
rated for general-purpose) or a Type Y system (equipment
rated for Division 2) can be used.
For Type Y and Z purge systems, audible alarms or visual
indicators must be used to notify operators that pressure
inside the enclosure is below the NFPA minimum.
PROTECTIVE
GAS SUPPLY
BALL
VALVE
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE
OPTIONAL
ALARM
OR
POWER
CUT-OFF
SWITCH
These pressurization system diagrams represent the
basic designs of modern pneumatic systems.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
7
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Typical Enclosure Connections
Single Enclosures
OPTIONAL PRESSURE
RELIEF DEVICE
General Recommendations
1. The pressurizing system should be located immediately
adjacent to the protected enclosure(s) when possible.
2. The pressurizing system should be installed at eye level,
in a prominent location, for convenient viewing.
3. No valves should be installed between the pressurizing
system and the protected enclosure(s).
4. The reference connection from the protected enclosure(s)
should be installed in a location which is not directly
affected by air flow through the protected enclosure(s).
5. All tubing, piping and connection fittings should be suitable
for the location in which they are installed and should be
protected against mechanical damage.
REFERENCE TO
ALARM, INDICATOR
OR CUT-OFF SWITCH
SUPPLY FROM
ENCLOSURE
PRESSURIZING
SYSTEM
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE
Multiple Enclosures
Multiple Enclosure Recommendations
DESIGN GUIDE
1.Protected enclosures should be connected from the
smallest to largest enclosure in series.
2. Connections should be sized to allow proper operation
of the pressurization system.
3. Conduit or wireways may be utilized as protected enclosures
or as connections between protected enclosures.*
4. All pressurized conduit and wireways should be sized to allow
proper protective gas flow through the protected enclosures.
* The NFPA recognizes the use of electrical conduit or
wireways as a part of an "approved system". The NFPA
term "approved system" refers to a complete purged
assembly that has been approved by the authority
having jurisdiction.
OPTIONAL PRESSURE
RELIEF DEVICE
REFERENCE TO
ALARM, INDICATOR
OR CUT-OFF SWITCH
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE
SUPPLY FROM
ENCLOSURE
PRESSURIZING
SYSTEM
INTERCONNECTING
PIPE OR WIREWAY
Class I Area Recommendations
If flammable gases are lighter than air, the supply
connection to each enclosure should enter near a bottom
corner and the connection for an optional vent or piping to
the next protected enclosure should exit near an extreme
opposite top corner.
If flammable gases are heavier than air, connections
should be reversed.
8
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
In addition, these Class I area recommendations exceed
the requirements of NFPA 496. They are presented by
Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco as a method to enhance the removal
of flammable gases by the use of gravity.
These Class I area recommendations only apply to
enclosure volumes exceeding two cubic feet.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Indicators, Alarms & Cutoffs
Requirements for Indicators
Requirements for Disconnects
Indicators can be used when there is an alarm for the
protective gas supply and the enclosure is isolated with a
valve immediately adjacent to the enclosure. The valve must
have an appropriate warning label and can be used only for
the enclosure. Refer to NFPA 496 2003, section 4.8.4 for more
information.
• The indicator must be located where the operator can see it easily.
• The indicator must show either pressure or flow.
• The indicator cannot be installed between the enclosure
and protective gas supply.
• No valves shall be connected between the indicator and the enclosure.
• The protective gas supply shall have an alarm located in a
constantly attended area and fulfill requirements in 4.3.2.
The disconnect switch immediately cuts off power to the
enclosure when pressure drops below a safe level. This
switching is required for Type X systems and can also used
in Type Y and Z systems.
There are exceptions to the disconnect rule for Type X
systems, because in some instances, a power loss represents
a greater hazard than operating the system under low pressure.
An alarm is acceptable in those circumstances, but only for
a short time and special requirements may be necessary.
Requirements for disconnect switches:
• Must be actuated by either the protective gas flow rate
or the differential pressure inside the enclosure.
• Must be approved for its location.
• No valves shall be connected between the disconnect
switch and the enclosure.
• Shall take its signal from the protected enclosure and
shall not be installed between the enclosure and the
protective gas supply. Refer to NFPA 496, section 4.10.1
for more information.
Single Enclosure Applications
PROTECTIVE
GAS SUPPLY
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE
INDICATOR, ALARM
OR CUTOFF SWITCH
Multiple Enclosure Applications
PROTECTIVE
GAS SUPPLY
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE(S)
DESIGN GUIDE
Protected Enclosure
Device Details
INDICATOR, ALARM
OR CUTOFF SWITCH
Protective Gas
Supply Alarm Details
Upstream Alarm Application
Downstream Alarm Application
POSITION & LABEL CRITICAL
(SEE ABOVE)
PROTECTIVE
GAS SUPPLY
ALARM
VALVE
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE(S)
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
POSITION NOT CRITICAL
PROTECTIVE
GAS SUPPLY
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
VALVE
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE(S)
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
ALARM
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
9
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Enclosure Marking & Wiring
Enclosure Marking Requirements
Typical Enclosure Wiring Methods
Sections 4.11 & 6.3 of the 2003 NFPA 496 require markings
on all protected enclosures with a "permanent label," located in
a "prominent location," near all doors and access covers. The
labels must include the following or equivalent statements:
Class I Locations:
" WARNING - PRESSURIZED ENCLOSURE"
"This enclosure shall not be opened unless the area is known to be free
of flammable materials or unless all devices have been de-energized."
Class II Locations:
" WARNING - PRESSURIZED ENCLOSURE"
"Power shall not be restored after the enclosure has been opened until
combustible dust has been removed and the enclosure repressurized."
Section 5.3 requires the following or equivalent statement
in addition to the statement required by Section 4.11 above.
"Power shall not be restored after enclosure has been opened
until enclosure has been purged for _ minutes at a flow rate of _."
A Note to Section 5.3 permits the use of minimum pressure
in place of flow rate if the pressure can positively indicate a
known flow rate.
DESIGN GUIDE
An Exception to Section 5.3 allows placement of the start-up
instructions on the pressurizing system, if they are referenced
by the permanent label on the protected enclosure.
In addition, all permanent labels must include three
other markings:
In a general sense, protected enclosures should be wired
similarly to explosion-proof enclosures, in accordance with
Article 500 of the National Electric Code - NFPA 70.
Single conductor wiring should be placed in rigid metal
conduit, seal-flex conduit or other mediums approved for use
in the hazardous location surrounding the protected enclosure.
Additionally, NFPA 496 requires the use of approved seals on
all pressurized enclosure conduit wiring entries, in accordance
with NFPA 70. Furthermore, the use of an approved seal is
simply the most practical way to prevent excessive leakage
through conduit connections.
However, while explosion-proof enclosures require conduit
seals on all cable entries, in accordance with NFPA 70. Other
methods of sealed cable entries that are suitable for hazardous
locations can be used, such as compression glands.
In conclusion, there are two primary goals. First, the installer
should ensure that all associated wiring and cable is protected
by pressurization or other means, such as explosion-proof
conduit or intrinsic safety barriers. Secondly, the installer
should ensure that all associated conduit and wireways are
sealed to conserve protective gas, unless they are used to
supply protective gas to other enclosures or devices.
Section 4.11: Class, Group and Division of surrounding area
Section 4.11: NFPA pressurization Type X, Y, or Z
Section 4.11: T Code (temperature identification number):
see NFPA 70, The National Electric Code, Article 500,
Table 500-3(d)
Typical Enclosure
Wiring Connection
Exception No. 1 allows omission of the T Code marking if the
hottest temperature does not exceed 100°C.
Exception No. 2 allows omission of the T Code marking
for equipment which is marked for specific use in gas or dust
atmospheres and does not exceed 80% of the flammable or
ignitable atmosphere's ignition temperature.
EXPLOSION
PROOF DEVICE
CONDUIT SEAL
INTRINSICALLY
SAFE OR FIBER
OPTIC DEVICE
CONDUIT SEAL
INTRINSICALLY
SAFE OR FIBER
OPTIC DEVICE
"WARNING - HOT INTERNAL PARTS"
"This enclosure shall not be opened unless the area is known to be
nonflammable or unless all equipment within has been
de-energized for _ minutes."
GLAND FITTING
CABLE
INDEPENDENTLY
PRESSURIZED
DEVICE
An Exception to Section 4.8.2 permits the use of an indicator on
the protected enclosure if all isolation valves are adjacent to the
enclosure (see page 11) and marked to comply with Section 4.11.5:
CONDUIT SEAL
"WARNING - PROTECTIVE GAS SUPPLY VALVE"
"This valve must be kept open unless the area is known to be
nonflammable or unless all equipment within the protected
enclosure is de-energized."
PRESSURIZED
RACEWAY
Special Marking Requirements
Exceptions to Section 4.5 require enclosures to be marked with
the following or equivalent statement if they house equipment which
can exceed the T-Code rating, to comply with Section 4.11.4:
10
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
ADJACENT
PRESSURIZED
DEVICE
PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE
OR DEVICE
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Basic Operating Procedures
Class II, Div. 1 Pressurization
Class II, Div. 2 Pressurization
Start-Up Conditions
Protection Method:
Powering Method:
System Status:
Start-Up Conditions
Type "X" Pressurization System
Automatic Power Control Unit or Local Disconnect Switch
Protected Equipment De-energized Alarm System and Air Supply On
Operating Procedures
1.Remove hazardous substance from the protected
enclosure. A vacuum device is the preferred tool for
dust removal.
2.Check operation of enclosure pressure relief device
(if utilized) and seal the protected enclosure.
3.Pressurize the protected enclosure to set and maintain
a positive pressure of 0.50 inches (12.7 mm) of water.
4.System will apply power automatically when pressure is
set and maintained at a positive pressure of 0.50 inches
(12.7 mm) of water.
5.Loss of pressurization must automatically de-energize
protected equipment power immediately.
Exception: Automatic power control is not required if
the enclosure is designed to prevent the entrance of
dust and the pressurization system activates an audible
or visual alarm in a constantly attended location.
Protection Method:
Powering Method:
System Status:
Type "Z" Pressurization System
Local Disconnect Switch
Protected Equipment De-energized
Alarm System and Air Supply On
Operating Procedures
1.Remove hazardous substance from the protected
enclosure. A vacuum device is the preferred tool for
dust removal.
2.Check operation of enclosure pressure relief device
(if utilized) and seal the protected enclosure.
3.Pressurize the protected enclosure to set and maintain
a positive pressure of 0.50 inches (12.7 mm) of water.
4.Energize the protected equipment power manually with
a disconnect switch or breaker rated for the hazardous
location.
5.Loss of pressurization requires immediate attention or
the manual de-energizing of protected equipment power.
6.Excessively hot equipment must be isolated in a separate
protected enclosure, unless the enclosure is marked
with a warning which indicates a required cool-down
time period before access.
Class I, Div. 1
Purge and pressurization
Class I, Div. 2
Purge and pressurization
Start-Up Conditions
Protection Method:
Powering Method:
System Status:
Start-Up Conditions
Type "X" Purge/Pressurization System
Automatic Power Control Unit
Protected Equipment De-energized Alarm System and Air Supply On
Protection Method:
Powering Method:
System Status:
Operating Procedures
Type "Z" Purge/Pressurization System
Local Disconnect Switch
Protected Equipment De-energized
Alarm System and Air Supply On
Operating Procedures
1.Check operation of enclosure pressure relief device
(if utilized) and seal the protected enclosure.
1.Check operation of enclosure pressure relief device
(if utilized) and seal the protected enclosure.
2.Pressurize the protected enclosure to set and maintain a
minimum positive pressure of 0.10 inches (2.5 mm) of water.
2.Pressurize the protected enclosure to set and maintain a
minimum positive pressure of 0.10 inches (2.5 mm) of water.
3.Exchange the recommended volumes of purging gas.
3.Exchange the recommended volumes of purging gas.
4.System will deny power automatically until recommended
volume exchange is complete and pressure is set and
maintained at a minimum positive pressure of 0.10 inches
(2.5 mm) of water.
Exception: Power may be energized immediately if
the protected enclosure atmosphere is known to be
nonflammable.
5.Loss of pressurization must automatically de-energize
protected equipment power immediately.
Exception: Power may be maintained for a short period
if immediate loss of power would result in a more hazardous
condition and if the system activates both audible and
visual alarms in a constantly attended location.
6.Equipment that may overload or overheat, such as motors
or transformers, require thermal overload cutoff switches
or alarms.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
DESIGN GUIDE
6.Equipment that may overload or overheat, such as
motors or transformers, require thermal overload cutoff
switches or alarms.
4.Energize the protected equipment power manually with
a disconnect switch or breaker rated for the hazardous
location.
5.Loss of pressurization requires immediate attention or
the manual de-energizing of protected equipment power.
6.Excessively hot equipment must be isolated in a separate
protected enclosure, unless the enclosure is marked
with a warning which indicates a required cool-down
time period before access.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
11
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Enclosure Design Considerations
Protected Enclosures
Adjacent & Internal Enclosures
1. All windows should be shatterproof and sized as small
as possible.
2. All NFPA 496 required markings should be placed on or
near all doors and covers, and should be easily visible.
3. The enclosure should withstand an internal pressure of
five (5) inches of water without sustaining permanent
deformation and resist all corrosive elements in the
surrounding atmosphere.
4. All lightweight objects in the enclosure, such as paper
or insulation, should be firmly secured.
5. The enclosure should be constructed from materials
such as metal or polycarbonate to meet NEMA 4 or 12
performance requirements, but does not require third
party approval.
6. The installation of obstructions or other barriers which block
or impede the flow of protective gas should be avoided.
7. The creation of air pockets or other areas which trap
flammable gases within the enclosure should be avoided.
8. The enclosure should be located in an area where
impact hazards are minimal.
9. A pressure relief device should be used if it is required to
protect the enclosure against pressurization system control
failure or to allow proper purging system operation.
10. If the enclosure is non-metallic and contains equipment
which utilizes or switches power loads greater than
2500 VA, it should be constructed from substantially
non-combustible materials, such as materials designed
to meet or exceed ANSI/UL94 ratings of 94 V-0 or 94 5V.
11. The enclosure should have no surface area that
exceeds 80% of the flammable or ignitable substance's
auto-ignition temperature.
All internal enclosures (within the protected enclosure)
should be protected by one of the following means, if the
free volume of the internal enclosure exceeds 1.22 cubic
inches (20 cm3).
a. Internal enclosures should be ventilated on the top and
bottom sides with at least one (1) square inch (6.5 cm3) of
opening for each four hundred (400) cubic inches (6560 cm3)
of volume within the internal protected enclosure, with a
minimum size of one quarter (1/4) inch diameter (6.3 mm); or,
b. Adjacent and internal enclosures should be purged in
series with the protected enclosure or be purged
separately; or,
c. Equipment within adjacent and internal enclosures should
be protected by other means; e.g., explosion-proof
enclosures, hermetically sealed housings or intrinsic
safety barriers.
Pressure Relief Devices
1. All pressure relief devices should be designed to minimize
air leakage, unless intended for dilution or ventilation.
2. All pressure relief devices should be constructed from
flame-, shatter- and ignition-proof substances. In
addition, they should be designed to prevent the escape
of sparks and burning materials.
Typical Fastening
and Gasketing Methods
APPLICATION GUIDE
12. If the enclosure is protected by a Type X System and
can be opened without the use of a tool or key, the
door should be equipped with a Division 1-rated power
interlock switch to de-energize all equipment that is not
suitable for Division 1 areas.
Some enclosure
manufacturers
utilize clamping
fasteners to meet
TYPE 4 performance
requirements.
Calculation of Enclosure
and Device Volumes
1.The total volume of all pressurized enclosures, devices
and wireways should be considered.
2.All enclosure, device and wireway volumes should be
calculated without consideration of internally consumed
space. Exceptions: motor starters, rotors, field coils, etc.
3.Cubical device volumes should be calculated as follows:
Height x Width x Depth
- in inches ÷ 1728 = ft3
- in feet = ft3
4.Cylindrical device volumes may be calculated as follows:
12
Captive screw and cage nut
assemblies can be used to provide
multiple point fasteners, and improve
enclosure appearance and pressure seals.
πr2 x Cylinder Length - in inches ÷ 1728 = ft3
- in feet = ft3
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
All design considerations presented on this
page are intended for basic applications only.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Most custom and standard enclosures are suitable for purging and pressurization if requirements meet or exceed Type 4 or 12
requirements. However, the use of multiple door fasteners provides a well-sealed enclosure that allows conservation of protective gas.
Both assemblies
pictured are
suitable for
Class I,
Group C & D,
Division 2
hazardous
locations.
This enclosure features a removable
gasketing trim, which features a high
profile with exceptional memory.
In this application, a dual pressurization system
is mounted above two identical devices that are
separately protected to allow independent access.
Both devices feature TYPE 4 cases, which makes
them suitable for purging as is.
In this application, a custom-built stainless steel
enclosure is fitted with several Pepperl+Fuchs
Bebco products, including a Rapid ExchangeTM
Purging System and an Enclosure Protection Vent.
Device Use Considerations
Preface
Protruding Devices
The use of devices that penetrate the surface of a protected
enclosure must be carefully scrutinized. Protruding devices
will likely contain electrical components that could either be
exposed to the hazardous location or be isolated from the
flow of protective gas. Conventional wisdom suggests that a
protruding device should be acceptable if it is (1) explosionproof, (2) intrinsically safe, (3) proven to emit insufficient energy
to ignite the surrounding atmosphere (applicable for Division 2
locations only), (4) constructed so that all electronics within its
face are suitably sealed from the surrounding environment and
properly ventilated to the protected enclosure, or (5) isolated
from the surrounding atmosphere by a sealed window or access
door that is properly ventilated to the protected enclosure.
Controllers, Indicators & Recorders
APPLICATION GUIDE
Device use considerations are based mainly upon common
sense and sound engineering practices because while the NFPA
and ISA have addressed many other purge factors already
discussed, device use is mostly unregulated. Therefore, while
the following considerations are based on applications that
have been installed and proven, many are presented in the
absence of standards. In addition, this section does not address
analytical equipment. Remember, the ultimate responsibility
for installation approval, regardless of current regulations, lies
with the authority having jurisdiction.
Today's panel-mounted instrumentation is almost strictly
electronic. The protruding face of these instruments normally
contains LEDs, LCDs and incandescent or florescent lights.
Therefore, it is extremely important to isolate all instrumentation
from the surrounding atmosphere, unless the face is sealed and
all electronics are properly ventilated to the protected enclosure.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
13
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Device Use Considerations
Due to the limitations established above, most instruments
will require isolation through the use of a sealed access door
(see pages 12-13). However, while the instruments are then
normally inaccessible, some end users permit "limited access"
while maintaining a positive pressure, to perform maintenance,
calibration and adjustment. The process of limited access may
be accomplished by using Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco Rapid
ExchangeTM Purging Systems. Special door labeling or
purging system automation may also be required.
NOTE: These designs should be reviewed by all parties,
especially the authority having jurisdiction, prior to engineering
or fabrication commitments.
Pilot Lights
A pilot light is normally unacceptable unless rated for use
in the hazardous location. However, some authorities having
jurisdiction permit the use of LED clusters and VDC bulbs,
after determining they have insufficient power to ignite the
surrounding atmosphere. Other concerns should include
impact resistance and potential power dissipation, unless the
pilot light is protected as noted.
Internal Devices
Relays, timers, counters, power supplies and other internally
mounted electrical equipment should be ventilated or
protected in accordance with the considerations for adjacent
and internal enclosures (see page 12). In addition, no devices
should exceed 80% of the flammable or ignitable substance
auto-ignition temperature, unless (1) it can be shown by testing
that the device will not ignite the surrounding atmosphere,
(2) the device is enclosed in a hermetically sealed chamber,
(3) the protected enclosure is equipped with a temperature
warning nameplate, or (4) the device is separately housed
and pressurized.
Printers
APPLICATION GUIDE
Peripheral Devices & Instrument Keypads
14
Technically speaking, it is impossible to pressurize many
peripheral devices, even if they are Type 4 rated. First, most
barcoders and wands feature no internal cavity. Secondly, the
membrane assembly of most peripheral keyboards isolates
key contacts from the protected gas. Therefore, all peripheral
devices not suitable for pressurization should be protected
by intrinsic safety barriers. Furthermore, the barriers and
all intrinsically safe wiring should be mechanically isolated
from all other devices and wiring in the protected enclosure.
Most peripheral devices can be easily modified with intrinsic
safety barriers; however, it is very impractical to modify
panel mounted instrument keypads. Accepting this fact,
such instruments should be located behind a sealed access
door that is properly ventilated to the protected enclosure.
NOTE: Some end users allow the use of these devices in Division
2 areas without barriers, assuming the normally low energy
to these devices will not ignite the surrounding atmosphere.
However, the possibility of a ground fault or current overload
will always exist without barrier protection.
Operators
Panel mounted operators such as pushbuttons and
selector switches should be Type 4 rated or oil-tight
and should not contain illumination devices such as
incandescent bulbs, unless they are protected as noted below.
NOTE: A majority of end users permit the use of generalpurpose illuminated operators in Division 2 areas, if they are
isolated from impact with guards.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
In addition to considerations for internal equipment, special
attention must be given to printing devices. First, in order
to dispense the printed material, protected enclosures may
require a "chute" to guide it outward. Second, a "slot" must be
incorporated to dispense the printed material, while minimizing
the leakage of protective gas. Finally, if the slot dispenses
printed material through the top of the protected enclosure, or
if printed material is only dispensed periodically, the protected
enclosure may also require a cover or a sealed access door to
prevent enclosure contamination.
Motors
Totally enclosed motors, with NEMA ratings such as TENV,
TEFC or TEAO, are best suited for pressurization, but the
following factors should also be considered. (1) All motors
should have sufficient cavities and openings to permit the flow
of protective gas around the windings. (2) The gas connections
for the supply and return of protective gas should be located
at extreme opposite ends of the motor. (3) Peripheral devices
such as electrical connections, optical encoders and brakes
may require a separate housing, purged in series with the
motor. (4) Pressure within the motor should not exceed
the minimum requirement,
because excessive pressure
will force grease out of
shaft bearing seals. Finally,
Class I motors require 10
volume exchanges before
energizing power.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Typical Applications
Cameras & Monitors
Security surveillance is possible in hazardous areas with a P+F purge
and pressurization system. Often used for surveillance on unmanned,
offshore oil rigs and local refineries, a camera is encased in a Videoalarm
Pressure Dome™ and purged with nitrogen using P+F’s 1000 series, Type
Y purge system, which allows general-purpose rated equipment to be
operated in a Division 2 location. The system regulates and monitors the
pressure within the enclosure in order to remove and prevent flammable
gas or vapor accumulations. These systems are also used by Homeland
Security.
Videoalarm Pressure Dome™ is a trademark of Videoalarm.
Spirax Steam Trap Monitoring
A 1000 series, Type Y purge system enables an existing steam
trap monitoring system to be placed in a Division 1 location.
Automatic trap monitors enable up to 16 steam traps to be
monitored continuously and ensures that the steam system is
working at optimum efficiency with a minimum impact on the
environment.
Pharmaceutical companies are able to change from a PLC control to
a PC-based control, even if the PC is located in a hazardous location,
Class I, Division 1. An explosion-proof box is big, expensive, and won’t
allow accessibility to the PC. Pepperl+Fuchs has the solution. With simple
modifications, Pepperl+Fuchs can integrate a purge & pressurization
system into a stainless steel enclosure so that an industrial visualization
unit can be mounted in a hazardous area. This way, general-purpose
and hazardous location visualization systems look and feel the same to
their workforce.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
Pharmaceuticals
15
Purge and Pressurization Systems Technology Review
Typical Applications
Complete Cabinet Solutions
Pepperl+Fuchs is also able to integrate our full line of
products into a cabinet that reduces your commissioning
time, and most importantly, reduces your upfront costs.
Our purge & pressurization units, together with our intrinsic
safety, fieldbus, power supply and HART interface products,
can be combined into a complete project solution to meet
the exact requirements of your application.
Aircraft Laser Projector
APPLICATION GUIDE
Pepperl+Fuchs purge & pressurization systems are extremely
valuable in the aircraft industry. Laser units can be enclosed in
a specially-designed enclosure that enables the laser beam to
project through a widow and on to an aircraft. The unit is purged
using a P+F purging system mounted directly on the enclosure.
These systems are certified for use in Ex [p], Class I, Division 1 /
Zone 1 to nonhazardous area applications. Stripes, logos, and text
are projected on to the body of an aircraft while it is in the hangar.
Robots paint the aircraft body with no taping or stencils. It greatly
reduces prep time and safely ensures precise positioning of the
text and logos.
16
Filling & Weighing
Beginning with the controls, protection of a filling or weighing system is
simple. Weigh scale platform equipment is usually easy to pressurize, or
may be available in intrinsically safe versions. From there, filling equipment,
such as solenoids, motors, servos and dribble valves can be protected in
a number of ways. Finally, to complete the application, on-site, real-time
printouts of tickets, reports or product labels can be obtained by adding
custom-built pressurized enclosures for the printing equipment.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Table of Contents
System & Vent Selection Guide.........................................................................................................................19
Introduction to Purge and Pressurization Systems for Types Y, Z and Ex [nP] ...........................................21
Components for Class I/Zone 2 and Class II..........................................................................................22
Type Y and Z Table of Contents..............................................................................................................23
Type Y and Z Systems (1000 Series)
1001A: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3, WPS Only.............25
1001B: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 50 ft3 ...........................................................................................27
1001C: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 250 ft3..........................................................................................29
1002: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 15 ft3 ...............................................................................................31
1003: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 75 ft3................................................................................................33
1004: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 200 ft3..............................................................................................35
1005: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 450 ft3..............................................................................................37
11: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3, WPS and WPSA..........39
Type Z Systems (1000 Series)
1011: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3..................................41
1012: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 15 ft3 ...............................................................................................43
Type Y, Z and Ex [nP] Systems (3000 Series)
3003: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 90 ft3 (2.54 m3)................................................................................45
3004: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 250 ft3 (7.08 m3)...............................................................................53
Introduction to Purge and Pressurization Systems for Types X and Ex [px] ...............................................61
Type X Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................62
Type X Systems (2000 Series)
2001A: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3................................63
2001B: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 50 ft3 ...........................................................................................67
2001C: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 250 ft3..........................................................................................71
2002: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 15 ft3 ...............................................................................................75
2003: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 75 ft3................................................................................................79
2004: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 200 ft3..............................................................................................83
2005: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 450 ft3..............................................................................................87
Type X and Ex [px] Systems (6000 Series)
6000: Class I & II / Zone I & 21, Enclosure Volumes ≤ 450 ft3 (12.7 m3)..................................................91
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
17
Table of Contents
Introduction to Accessories............................................................................................................................109
Accessories Table of Contents..............................................................................................................110
Cooler Indicator Gauge.........................................................................................................................111
Enclosure Protection Vents...................................................................................................................112
Enclosure Warning & Temperature Nameplates....................................................................................114
In-Line Filter Kits...................................................................................................................................115
Enclosure Connection Kits & Tamperproof Regulator...........................................................................116
Explosion Proof & General-purpose Switch Kits...................................................................................117
"L" & "T" Style Conduit Fitting Kits.......................................................................................................119
Tubing & Pipe Connection Fitting..........................................................................................................120
Surface Mounting Kits & Pipe Mounting Kits........................................................................................122
Universal Mounting Plates.....................................................................................................................124
Intrinsic Safety Barrier...........................................................................................................................126
Switch Resistor Module........................................................................................................................126
NAMUR Proximity Sensor.....................................................................................................................126
Key Lock Assembly...............................................................................................................................127
Redundant Pressure Switch..................................................................................................................127
Remote Alarm Horn & Beacon Devices.................................................................................................128
Type Y & Z—1000 Series Model Number Guide...................................................................................130
Type Y & Z—3000 Series Model Number Guide...................................................................................131
Type X—2000 Series Model Number Guide..........................................................................................132
Type X—6000 Series Model Number Guide..........................................................................................133
Appendix...........................................................................................................................................................135
Warranty Term and Conditions..............................................................................................................136
Glossary................................................................................................................................................137
Purging Times References............................................................................................................ 138-139
Conversion Charts......................................................................................................................... 139-140
Model Number Index..................................................................................................................... 143-144
18
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System & Vent Selection Guide
EPS® Div. Quick Start* System & Vent Selection Guide
CLASS I APPLICATIONS per NFPA 496 (3000 Series also European ATEX approved)
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Type Div. Group Equipment
2 Cubic Feet
15 Cubic Feet
75 Cubic Feet
90 Cubic Feet
(2.54 m3)
200 Cubic Feet
250 Cubic Feet
(7.08 m3)
450 Cubic Feet
1001A-LPS-CI
1001A-WPSA-CI
1011-CI
11-LPS-CI
1002-LPS-CI
1002-WPSA-CI
1012-CI
1003-LPS-CI
1003-WPSA-CI
1012-CI
3003-LPS-CI
3003-WPSA-CI
1004-LPS-CI
1004-WPSA-CI
3004-LPS-CI
3004-WPSA-CI
1005-LPS-CI
1005-WPSA-CI
1001A-WPS-CI
11-WPS-CI
1002-WPS-CI
1003-WPS-CI
3003-WPS-CI
1004-WPS-CI
3004-WPS-CI
1005-WPS-CI
2001A-STD-IB
B-D
General Purpose
X
1
2001A-STD-CI
C & D General
Purpose
2002-STD-IB
2003-STD-IB
2002-STD-CI
2002-SA-CI
2002-FA-CI
2003-STD-CI
2003-SA-CI
2003-FA-CI
–
1001A-LPS-CI
1011-CI
11-LPS-CI
A-D Div.
1002-LPS-CI
1002-WPSA-CI
1012-CI
1003-LPS-CI
1003-WPSA-CI
1002-WPS-CI
1003-WPS-CI
A-DGeneral
Purpose
2
Z
SYSTEM SELECTION
MAXIMUM ENCLOSURE VOLUME
C & D General
Purpose
Y1
2004-STD-IB
6000 Series
2004-STD-CI
2004-SA-CI
2004-FA-CI
–
2005-STD-CI
2005-SA-CI
2005-FA-CI
3003-LPS-CI
3003-WPSA-CI
1004-LPS-CI
1004-WPSA-CI
3004-LPS-CI
3004-WPSA-CI
1005-LPS-CI
1005-WPSA-CI
3003-WPS-CI
1004-WPS-CI
3004-WPS-CI
1005-WPS-CI
6000 Series
2
C & D
Div. 1001A-WPS-CI
11-WPS-CI
2
VENT COMPATIBILITY & FLOW RATE
CLASS II APPLICATIONS per NFPA 496
MAXIMUM ENCLOSURE VOLUME
10 Cubic Feet
50 Cubic Feet
1001A-LPS-CII 1001B-LPS-CII 1001C-LPS-CII
1001A-WPS-CII 1001B-WPS-CII 1001C-WPS-CII
1011-CII
Z2 E-G General
11-LPS-CII
Purpose
11-WPS-CII
X1 E-G General 2001A-STD-CII 2001B-STD-CII 2001C-STD-CII
Purpose
6000 Series
Y1 E-GDiv.
2
SYSTEM MODEL #
Vent Required* 250 Cubic Feet
1001A-LPS-CII 1001B-LPS-CII 1001C-LPS-CII
1001A-WPS-CII 1001B-WPS-CII 1001C-WPS-CII
11-LPS-CII
11-WPS-CII
SYSTEM SELECTION
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Type Div. Group Equipment
SYSTEM SELECTION
2005-STD-IB
–
–
MAXIMUM ENCLOSURE VOLUME
Columns indicate maximum volume of enclosure(s) to
be protected, not excluding any consumed volumes.
11, 1011,
1001A & 2001A
1012, 1002 & 2002
VENT
SCFH (l /hr)
Model NormalMax
EPV-1
568
1044
EPV-2
6851202
1003,
2003 & 3003
1001B & 2001BEPV-3
(32370)(55819)
1004, 2004
1001C
EPV-4
& 2001C
(71083)(124240)
& 3004
11431971
2510
4387
2510 4387
6000
Series EPV-6000 (71083) (124240)
1005 & 2005
NOTES
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Div. & Group columns indicate rating of surrounding
atmosphere. Equipment column indicates rating of
equipment to be protected.
Vent Optional** SYSTEM SELECTION
Multiple model number listings within single
cube indicate range of choices.
TYPE Y & Z SYSTEM MODEL NUMBERS:
LPS indicates Less Pressure Switch
WPS indicates With Pressure Switch
WPSA indicates With Pressure Switch Gr. A-D
EPV-5
4280
4479
TYPE X SYSTEM MODEL NUMBERS:
STD indicates Standard
SA indicates Semiautomatic
FA indicates Fully Automatic
VENT SELECTION
System Model #: locate selected system in “Vent
Required” or “Vent Optional” column. Vent Model:
indicates required/optional vent for selected
system. SCFH: Normal SCFH measured with
enclosure pressure @ 3” (76.2 mm) of water. Max
SCFH measured @ 7” (177.8 mm) of water.
*REQUIRED USE INDICATES RAPID EXCHANGE® SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE A VENT FOR PROPER OPERATION
**OPTIONAL USE INDICATES SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE A VENT OR REDUNDANT TAMPERPROOF SUPPLY REGULATOR
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
19
System & Vent Selection Guide
EPS® Div. Quick Start* System & Vent Selection Guide
ZONE APPLICATIONS & FLOW RATE
ZONE
MAXIMUM ENCLOSURE VOLUME
MAXIMUM ENCLOSURE VOLUME
2.54 m3 (90 Cubic Feet)
7.08 m3 (250 Cubic Feet)
MODEL
NUMBERS
VENT
MODEL
FLOW RATE
l /hr (SCFH)
SYSTEM SELECTION
Normal
ZONE 1
Group IIC
–
–
Group IIC
3003 - LPS
EPV-3
Group IIB+H2
3003-WPSA
EPV-3
MODEL
NUMBERS
Max
32370
55819
(1143)
(1971)
FLOW RATE
VENT
MODEL
6000 SERIES
EPV-6000
3004 - LPS
EPV-4
3004 - WPSA
EPV-4
l /hr (SCFH)
Normal
Max
71083
124240
(2510)
(4387)
Ex [px]
ZONE 2
Ex [pz]
32370
55819
(1143)
(1971)
32370
55819
(1143)
(1971)
124240
(4387)
71083
124240
(2510)
(4387)
NOTES
MAXIMUM ENCLOSURE VOLUME
Columns indicate maximum volume of enclosure(s) to
be protected, not excluding any consumed volumes.
SYSTEM SELECTION
Multiple model number listings within single cube
indicate range of choices.
ZONE 1 MODEL NUMBERS:
STD indicates Standard
SA indicates Semiautomatic
FA indicates Fully Automatic
ZONE 2 MODEL NUMBERS:
LPS indicates Less Pressure Switch
WPSA indicates With Pressure Switch
VENT SELECTION
System Model #: locate selected system.
Vent Model: indicates required vent for selected
system. SCFH: Normal SCFH measured with
enclosure pressure @ 76.2 mm (3”) of water.
Max SCFH measured @ 177.8 mm (7”) of water.
RAPID EXCHANGE® SYSTEMS REQUIRE A VENT FOR PROPER OPERATION IN ZONES 1 AND 2.
20
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Introduction
Type Y, Z and Ex [nP]
Purge and pressurization Systems
For Class I/Zone 2
and Class II Hazardous Areas
Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco EPS YZ Purge panel mount
purge/pressurized enclosure systems enable general-purpose
devices to be used in a hazardous area by creating a safe
area within the enclosure. This is accomplished by purging
the hazardous gas or by removing the hazardous dusts
from the enclosure before the equipment is energized.
The gas used to purge the enclosure can be inert or
instrument quality air. Positive pressure in the enclosure
prevents intrusion of flammable gases.
Features
•Same panel can be used for Type Y, Z and Ex [pz]
systems
•Components mounted on stainless steel panel
•General-purpose equipment can beoperated in
a Division 2/Zone 2 area, and Division 2 rated
equipment can be operated in a Division 1 area
•Enclosure size up to 450 cubic feet
• Optional alarm output indicates air lock failure
•Filter-regulator with pressure gauge provides clean,
protective gas to the enclosure
•Optional differential pressure switch for
Class I, Group A-D, Zone 1 ATEX certified hazardous
area locations
(3000 Series Only)
•NFPA 496, ISA 12.4, and ATEX standards
•Type Y system certified for Class I and Class II,
Division 1 to Division 2. Type Z system certified for
Class I and Class II, Division 2 to nonhazardous
area
•Type Ex [pz] certification for Zone 2 hazardous
locations
•Environmental purge for nonhazardous areas
•The Leaders in Purging Technology®
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
21
Components Classification
Components for Class I/Zone 2
Components for Class II
Enclosure Volume Less than 2 Cubic Feet
The YZ Purge and pressurization Class I panels
provide the basic components to purge and pressurize
an enclosure volume less than two cubic feet.
This design comes with the following components
mounted to the panel:
The YZ Pressurization Class II panels provide the
basic components for pressurizing an enclosure. This
design comes with the following components mounted
to the panel:
•Regulator provides regulated protective gas to the enclosure.
•Differential Pressure Gauge indicates internal pressure. The gauge is only used in verifying internal pressure and is not used as an alarm indicator.
•Optional Differential Pressure Switch provides a contact output when the pressure inside the enclosure drops below 0.1" water pressure. The
contact output is used to drive an alarm for pressure
loss inside the enclosure. This unit is offered in an explosion-proof model mounted to the panel or purchased separately. A general-purpose model is also available and is sold separately.
Enclosure Volume Greater than 2 Cubic Feet
These YZ Purge and pressurization Class I panels
provide the basic components to purge and
pressurize an enclosure volume greater than two
cubic feet. This design comes with the following
components mounted to the panel:
•Regulator provides regulated protective gas to the enclosure.
•Differential Pressure Gauge indicates internal pressure. The gauge is only used in verifying internal pressure and is not used as an alarm indicator.
•Optional Differential Pressure Switch
provides a contact output when the pressure inside the enclosure drops below 0.5" water pressure. The contact output is used to drive
an alarm for pressure loss inside the enclosure.
All YZ systems are supplied with startup labels for the
panel and warning labels for the enclosure. Panels are
constructed of 14 gauge, 316 stainless steel. All fittings
and tubing are 316 stainless steel. Specify mount type
upon ordering.
A pressure relief vent is required for all pressurized
systems regardless of the Class and Division of the
installation. Sold separately, the EPV 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
pressure relief vent from Pepperl+Fuchs provides an
exhaust during the purge cycle and acts as a relief vent
during pressurization.
•
Filter-Regulator (1000 Series) cleans and regulates the flow of protective gas to the enclosure.
•
Ball Valve (1000 Series) acts as a switch to allow protective gas into the enclosure.
•
Needle Valve (1000 Series) allows the user to adjust the air flow into the enclosure to compensate for leakages while maintaining a safe pressure within the enclosure. This safe pressure is indicated on the differential
pressure gauge.
•
Pneumatic Manifold Assembly (3000 Series)
includes a regulator, psi gauge, ball valve and a
needle valve.
•
Differential Pressure Gauge indicates internal pressure. The gauge is only used in verifying internal pressure and is not used as an
alarm indicator.
•
Optional Differential Pressure Switch provides a contact output when the pressure inside the enclosure drops below 0.1" water pressure. The contact output is used to drive an alarm for pressure loss inside the enclosure.
22
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z Table of Contents
Type Y and Z Systems (1000 Series)
1001A: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3, WPS Only.............25
1001B: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 50 ft3 ...........................................................................................27
1001C: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 250 ft3..........................................................................................29
1002: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 15 ft3 ...............................................................................................31
1003: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 75 ft3................................................................................................33
1004: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 200 ft3..............................................................................................35
1005: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 450 ft3..............................................................................................37
11: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3, WPS and WPSA..........39
Type Z Systems (1000 Series)
1011: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3..................................41
1012: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 15 ft3 ...............................................................................................43
Type Y, Z and Ex [pz] Systems (3000 Series)
3003: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 90 ft3 (2.54 m3)................................................................................45
3004: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 250 ft3 (7.08 m3)...............................................................................53
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
23
Notes
24
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class I (≤ 2 ft 3) and Class II ( ≤ 10 ft 3)
Description
Model 1001A
1000
SERIES
Type Y & Z
Model 1001A is an enclosure pressurization or purging
system that operates on a supply of compressed instrument
air or inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within
sealed (protected) enclosure(s), in order to prevent
combustible dust accumulation or remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. In Class II areas,
the system maintains a "safe" (1.0") pressure. In Class I
areas, the system accomplishes four air exchanges and
maintains a "safe" (0.25") pressure. These processes
reduce the hazardous (classified) area rating within the
enclosure(s), in accordance with the NEC - NFPA 70,
Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. In Class II areas, all dust must be removed
from the enclosure(s). The enclosure protection vent
(if used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be sealed.
The enclosure pressure control regulator is then used to
set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure gauge. In
Class II areas, power can be energized when safe pressure
is stable. In Class I areas, the user must perform an
exchange cycle (determined by the safe pressure flow
rate—five minutes minimum) before power can be energized.
Loss of safe pressure in Class I or II areas requires immediate
attention, unless power is deenergized. WPS style systems
include an explosion proof differential pressure switch with
form "C" contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
See page 26
Shipping Weight:
LPS - 5 lb / WPS - 10 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
* 5 - 120 psi
Supply Requirements:
Clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. (CI/CII):
0.25"/1.0"
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
System Supply Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Switch Setting (CI/CII, Decr):
0.15"/0.5" ± 0.02"
Switch Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
Switch Contact Rating
WPS Style:
120 VAC @ 15 A
WPSA Style: *** 120 VAC @ 10 A, 125 VDC @ 50 mA
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 1001A-CI Type Y
Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
2 ft3 max.
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group A-D
Rating Reduction: Div. 1 to Div. 2
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction: Div. 1 to Div. 2
WPSA Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1,
Group A-D
Rating Reduction: Div. 1 to Div. 2
Model Number: 1001A-CI Type Z
Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
2 ft3 max.
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
WPSA Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
Div. 2 to Rating Reduction:
Nonhazardous
Model Number: 1001A-CII Type Y
Designation: Pressurization System
Enclosure Volume:
10 ft3 max.
Model Number: 1001A-CII Type Z
Designation: Pressurization System
10 ft3 max.
Enclosure Volume:
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement: 24 VDC @ 3 watts
120 VAC @ 4 watts
240 VAC @ 11 watts
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 1, Group F&G
Rating Reduction: Div. 1 to Div. 2
* With EPV-1 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without Vent must be equipped with redundant regulator set to 5 psi max.
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 1, Group F&G
Rating Reduction: Div. 1 to Div. 2
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2, Group F&G
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
** Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
*** Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2, Group F&G
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
25
Type Y & Z
Type Y & Z
1000
SERIES
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Regulator
Venturi
Orifice
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Mounting
Plate
WPS Style
(With Pressure Switch)
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Material Specifications
Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Tube Fittings:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Anodized Cast Alum.
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
1/4" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-4
Mounting Kit
SMK-1
Enclosure Reference
Fitting EFC-4
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-1-SA...
(EPV vent not required
when using the TR-10G
tamper proof regulator
as redundancy)
Note: ECK-1001A,
Enclosure Connection Kit
includes (2) EFC-4, and
tubing mounted to panel
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Warning Nameplate EWN-__
(Included with Panel)
1001A - LPS - CI - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS- with pressure switch
WPSA - with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
CII - Class II Area
System Type
YZ- Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 1001A System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
FACTORY INSTALLED FITTINGS
ECK-1001A
Enclosure Connection Kit
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EBC-4
EPC-10
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
1/2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
ILF-4
1/4" Filter
SMK-1, -4 or -6
System Mounting Kit
EPSK-1 or -2 Explosion Proof Switch Kit
GPSK-1 or -2 General-purpose Switch Kit
RAH
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
RAB-2
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
LCK
L Fitting Conduit Kit
TCK
T Fitting Conduit Kit
TR-10G
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
129-0197
EPV-1-SA-00
EPV-1-SA-90
Tamperproof Regulator
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
EWN-2
ETW
Class I Enclosure Warning
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
Inst. & Operation Manual
OPTIONAL HEX KEY REGULATOR HANDLE
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
`
`
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
Height
7 / 12
7 / 12
7/8
7/8
7 / 12
9 / 14
Width
8/8
8/8
8 / 13.375
8 / 13.375
8/8
10 / 10
FM & PM - surface
5.5 / 7.25
7.5 / 9.25
Depth
5.5 / 7.25
5.5 / 7.25
5.5 / 7.25
5 / 6.5
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 8h x 9w WPS - 13h x 9w Height &
width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
26
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class II ( ≤ 50 ft 3)
Description
Model 1001B
Model 1001B is an enclosure pressurization system
that operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to prevent combustible
dust accumulation by maintaining a "safe" (1.0") pressure.
This process reduces the hazardous (classified) area
rating within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
1000
SERIES
Type Y & Z
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up
requires air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to
be deenergized. Before start-up, all dust must be removed
from the enclosure(s). The enclosure protection vent
(if used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be sealed.
The enclosure pressure control regulator is then used
to set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure gauge.
Power can be energized when safe pressure is stable.
Loss of safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless
power is deenergized. WPS style systems include an
explosion proof differential pressure switch with form "C"
contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
WPS Style
(With Pressure Switch)
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
Shipping Weight:
Temp. Range:
Supply Pressure Range:
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. Setpoint:
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
System Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
Switch Setting (Decr):
Switch Conduit Port Size:
Switch Contact Rating:
See page 28
LPS - 7 lb / WPS - 12 lb
-20 °F to +120 °F
* 5 - 120 psi
clean air or inert gas
1.0"
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
3/8" tube fitting
3/8" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
0.5" ± 0.02"
1/2" FPT
120 VAC @ 15 A
* With EPV-3 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without Vent must be equipped with redundant regulator set to 5 psi max.
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 1001B-CII Type Y
Designation: Pressurization System
Enclosure Volume:
50 ft3 max.
LPS Style
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:Cl. II, Div. 1, Group UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2,
F&G
Group F&G
Rating Reduction:
Div.1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to
Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
** Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
Model Number: 1001B-CII Type Z
Designation: Pressurization System
Enclosure Volume:
50 ft3 max.
Cl. II, Div.1,
WPS Style
Group F&G UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2,
Div.1 to Div. 2 Group F&G
Div. 2 to
Rating Reduction:
Nonhazardous
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
27
Type Y & Z
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Venturi
Orifice
Type Y & Z
1000
SERIES
WPS Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Material Specifications
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Regulator
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Tube Fittings:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Anodized Cast Alum.
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Mounting
Plate
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
3/8" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-6
Mounting Kit
SMK-1
Enclosure Reference
Fitting EFC-4
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-3-SA...
(EPV vent not required
when using the TR-10G
tamperproof regulator
as redundancy)
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Warning Nameplate EWN-2
(Included with Panel)
1001B - LPS - CII - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS
- with pressure switch
Area Classification
CII - Class II Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 1001B System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS & FILTER
EFC-4
EFC-6
EBC-6
EPC-13
ILF-6
1/4" Flush Connector
3/8" Flush Connector
3/8" Bulkhead Connector
1" Pipe Connector
3/8" Filter w/Clear Bowl
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
ILF-6
SMK-1, -4 or -6
3/8" Filter
System Mounting Kit
EPSK-2
GPSK-2
RAH
RAB-1
RAB-2
LCK
TCK
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
General-purpose Switch Kit
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Horn
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
OPTIONAL HEX KEY REGULATOR HANDLE
TR-10G
EWN-2
ETW
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0201
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
EPV-3-SA-00
EPV-3-SA-90
Tamperproof Regulator
WARNING NAMEPLATES
Inst. & Operation Manual
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
`
`
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM & PM - surface
Height
7 / 12
7 / 12
7/8
7/8
7 / 12
9 / 14
Width
8.875 / 8.875
8.875 / 8.875
8.75 / 14.25
8.75 / 14.25
8.875 / 8.875
10.875 / 10.875
6 / 7.25
7.5 / 9.25
Depth
6 / 7.25
6 / 7.25
6 / 7.25
4.75 / 6.5
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 8h x 9.875w WPS - 13h x 9.875w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
28
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class II ( ≤ 250 ft 3)
Description
Model 1001C
Model 1001C is an enclosure pressurization system
that operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to prevent combustible
dust accumulation by maintaining a "safe" (1.0") pressure.
This process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the NEC - NFPA 70,
Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
1000
SERIES
Type Y & Z
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. Before start-up, all dust must be removed
from the enclosure(s). The enclosure protection vent (if
used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be sealed.
The enclosure pressure control regulator is then used to
set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure gauge. Power
can be energized when safe pressure is stable. Loss of
safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless power
is deenergized. WPS style systems include an explosion
proof differential pressure switch with form "C" contacts
for audible or visual alarm systems.
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
WPS Style
(With Pressure Switch)
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
Shipping Weight:
Temp. Range:
Supply Pressure Range:
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. Setpoint:
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
System Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
Switch Setting (Decr):
Switch Conduit Port Size:
Switch Contact Rating:
See page 30
LPS - 7 lb / WPS - 12 lb
-20 °F to +120 °F
* 5 - 120 psi
clean air or inert gas
1.0"
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
1/2" tube fitting
1/2" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
0.5" ± 0.02"
1/2" FPT
120 VAC @ 15 A
* With EPV-4 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without Vent must be equipped with redundant regulator set to 5 psi max.
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 1001C-CII Type Y Model Number: 1001C-CII Type Z
Designation: Pressurization System Designation: Pressurization System
Enclosure Volume:
250 ft3 max. Enclosure Volume:
250 ft3 max.
LPS Style
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 1, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2, Group F&G Group F&G
Rating Reduction:
Div.1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
Cl. II, Div. 1, WPS Style
Group F&G UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2, Div.1 to Div. 2 Group F&G
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
** Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
29
Type Y & Z
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Regulator
Venturi
Orifice
1000
SERIES
WPS Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Type Y & Z
Material Specifications
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Mounting
Plate
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
1/2" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-8
Mounting Kit
SMK-1
Enclosure Reference
Fitting EFC-4
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-4-SA...
(EPV vent not required
when using the TR-30G
tamperproof regulator
as redundancy)
Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Tube Fittings:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Anodized Cast Alum.
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Warning Nameplate EWN-2
(Included with Panel)
1001C - LPS - CII - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS- with pressure switch
Area Classification
CII - Class II Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 1001C System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS & FILTER
EFC-4
EFC-8
EBC-8
EPC-14
ILF-8
1/4" Flush Connector
1/2" Flush Connector
1/2" Bulkhead Connector
1 1/2" Pipe Connector
1/2" Filter w/Clear Bowl
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
ILF-8
SMK-1, -4 or -6
1/2" Filter
System Mounting Kit
EPSK-2
GPSK-2
RAH
RAB-1
RAB-2
LCK
TCK
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
General-purpose Switch Kit
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Horn
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
OPTIONAL HEX KEY REGULATOR HANDLE
TR-30G
EWN-2
ETW
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0202
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
EPV-4-SA-00
EPV-4-SA-90
Tamperproof Regulator
WARNING NAMEPLATES
Inst. & Operation Manual
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
`
`
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
Height
7 / 12
7 / 12
7/8
7/8
7 / 12
9 / 14
Width
8.875 / 8.875
8.875 / 8.875
8.75 / 14.25
8.75 / 14.25
8.875 / 8.875
10.875 / 10.875
Depth
6 / 7.25
6 / 7.25
6 / 7.25
6 / 7.25
7.5 / 9.25
4.75 / 6.5
FM & PM - surface
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 8h x 9.875w WPS - 13h x 9.875w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
30
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class I ( ≤ 15 ft 3)
Description
Model 1002
Model 1002 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert
gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-2 Enclosure
Protection Vent is required for proper operation. This
process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
In accordance with system instructions, start-up
requires air supply to be engaged and enclosure power
to be deenergized. The enclosure protection vent must
be tested and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The
enclosure pressure control valve is then used to set a
safe reading on the enclosure pressure indicator. When
safe pressure is stable, the Rapid Exchange control valve
must be fully engaged. Upon completion of the Rapid
Exchange cycle, (five minutes minimum) the Rapid
Exchange control valve must be disengaged to return to a
safe enclosure pressure. Power can then be energized to
the protected enclosure(s). Loss of safe pressure
requires immediate attention, unless power is deenergized.
WPS style systems include an explosion-proof differential
pressure switch with form "C" contacts for audible or
visual alarm systems.
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
See page 32
Shipping Weight:
LPS - 10 lb / WPS - 15 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi
Capacity & Filtration:
1.5 oz @ 20 Micron
Supply Requirements:
clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25"
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
Exchange Flow Rate:
** 4 SCFM / 240 SCFH
Exchange Time:
1 min/ft3
System Supply Port:
1/4" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Switch Setting (Decr):
0.15" ± 0.02"
Switch Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
Switch Contact Rating
WPS Style:
120 VAC @ 15 A
WPSA Style: *** 120/220 VAC, 24 VDC @ 10 A; 125 VDC @ 50 mA
Type Y & Z
Operation
1000
SERIES
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 1002 Type Y
Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
15 ft3 max.
Model Number: 1002 Type Z
Purging System
Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
15 ft3 max.
LPS Style
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div.1, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div.1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
Cl. I, Div.1,
WPS Style
Group C&D UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Div. 1 to Div.2 Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div.2 to WPSA Style
Nonhazardous
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1,
Rating Reduction:
Group A-D
WPSA Style
Div. 1 to Div. 2 UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement: 24 / 120 / 240 VDC @ 3 /4 /11 watts
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
**With regulator set to 60 psi min. during exchange.
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs.
*** Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
31
Type Y & Z
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Venturi
Orifice
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Type Y & Z
1000
SERIES
Rapid
Exchange®
Control Valve
Filter
Regulator
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Mounting
Plate
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Filter Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Tube Fittings & Valves:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Anodized Cast Alum.
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-4 or NC-4
1/4" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-4
Material Specifications
Mounting Kit
SMK-2
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-2-SA...
Warning Nameplate EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
1002 - LPS - CI - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS- with pressure switch
WPSA - with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 1002 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-4
SC-4
EFC-4
EBC-4
EPC-12
1/4" Ninety Connector
1/4" Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
3/4" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2 or -8
EPSK-1
GPSK-1
System Mounting Kit
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
General-purpose Switch Kit
RAH
RAB-1
RAB-2
LCK
TCK
Remote Alarm Horn
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0196
Inst. & Operation Manual
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-2-SA-00
EPV-2-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM or PM - flat panel
Height
10 / 15
10 / 15
10 / 10
10 / 10
10 / 15
12 / 17
Width
11 / 11
11 / 11
11 / 16
11 / 16
11 / 11
13 / 13
Depth
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
7.75 / 9.25
5 / 6.5
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 11h x 12w WPS - 16h x 12w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
32
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class I ( ≤ 75 ft 3)
Description
Model 1003
Model 1003 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-3 Enclosure
Protection Vent is required for proper operation. This
process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the NEC - NFPA
70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. The enclosure protection vent must be
tested and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The enclosure
pressure control valve is then used to set a safe reading
on the enclosure pressure indicator. When safe pressure
is stable, the Rapid Exchange control valve must be fully
engaged. Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle,
(five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve
must be disengaged to return to a safe enclosure pressure.
Power can then be energized to the protected enclosure(s).
Loss of safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless
power is deenergized. WPS style systems include an
explosion proof differential pressure switch with form "C"
contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
See page 34
Shipping Weight:
LPS - 12 lb / WPS - 17 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi
Capacity & Filtration:
3.8 oz @ 40 Micron
Supply Requirements:
clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25"
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
Exchange Flow Rate:
** 10 SCFM / 600 SCFH
Exchange Time:
1 min / 2.5 ft3
System Supply Port:
3/8" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
3/8" tube fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Switch Setting (Decr):
0.15" ± 0.02"
Switch Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
Switch Contact Rating
WPS Style:
120 VAC @ 15 A
WPSA Style: *** 120/220 VAC, 24 VDC @ 10 A; 125 VDC @ 50 mA
Type Y & Z
Operation
1000
SERIES
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 1003 Type Y Model Number: 1003 Type Z
Designation:
Purging System Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
75 ft3 max. Enclosure Volume:
75 ft3 max.
LPS Style
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
Cl. I, Div. 1, WPS Style
Group C&D UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Div. 1 to Div. 2 Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to WPSA Style
Nonhazardous
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Rating Reduction:
Group A-D
WPSA Style
Div. 1 to Div. 2 UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement: 24 / 120 / 240 VDC @ 3 /4 /11 watts
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
**With regulator set to 60 psi min. during exchange. Rapid Exchange®
is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs.
*** Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
33
Type Y & Z
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Venturi
Orifice
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Type Y & Z
1000
SERIES
Rapid
Exchange®
Control Valve
Filter
Regulator
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Mounting
Plate
Material Specifications
Filter Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Tube Fittings & Valves:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" & 3/8" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Anodized Cast Alum.
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-6 or NC-6
3/8" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-6
Mounting Kit
SMK-2
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-3-SA...
Warning Nameplate EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
1003 - LPS - CI - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS- with pressure switch
WPSA - with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 1003 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
GPSK-1
RAH
RAB-1
RAB-2
LCK
TCK
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-6
SC-6
EFC-4
EFC-6
EBC-6
EPC-13
3/8" Ninety Connector
3/8" Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
3/8" Flush Connector
3/8" Bulkhead Connector
1" Pipe Connector
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0195
Inst. & Operation Manual
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2 or -8
EPSK-1
General-purpose Switch Kit
Remote Alarm Horn
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
System Mounting Kit
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
EPV-3-SA-00
EPV-3-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
Height
12 / 15
12 / 15
12 / 12
12 / 12
12 / 15
14 / 17
Width
11.5 / 11.5
11.5 / 11.5
11.5 / 15.25
11.5 / 15.25
11.5 / 11.5
13.5 / 13.5
Depth
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
7.75 / 9.25
5.75 / 7.25
FM or PM - flat panel
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 13h x 12.5w WPS - 16h x 12.5w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
34
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class I ( ≤ 200 ft 3)
Description
Model 1004
Model 1004 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-4
Enclosure Protection Vent is required for proper operation.
This process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
1000
SERIES
Type Y & Z
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. The enclosure protection vent must be
tested and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The enclosure
pressure control valve is then used to set a safe reading
on the enclosure pressure indicator. When safe pressure
is stable, the Rapid Exchange control valve must be fully
engaged. Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle,
(five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve
must be disengaged to return to a safe enclosure pressure.
Power can then be energized to the protected enclosure(s).
Loss of safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless
power is deenergized. WPS style systems include an
explosion proof differential pressure switch with form "C"
contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
System Specifications
Standard Model Applications
System Dimensions:
See page 36
Shipping Weight:
LPS - 15 lb / WPS - 23 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi
Capacity & Filtration:
8.5oz @ 40 Micron
Supply Requirements:
clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25"
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
Exchange Flow Rate:
** 30 SCFM /1800 SCFH
Exchange Time:
1 min / 7.5 ft3
System Supply Port:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/2" tube fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Switch Setting (Decr):
0.15" ± 0.02"
Switch Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
Switch Contact Rating
WPS Style:
120 VAC @ 15 A
WPSA Style: *** 120/220 VAC, 24 VDC @ 10 A; 125 VDC @ 50 mA
Model Number:
1004 Type Y Model Number: 1004 Type Z
Designation:
Purging System Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
200 ft3 max. Enclosure Volume:
200 ft3 max.
LPS
Style
LPS Style
Cl. I, Div. 2, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, UL & FM Certified:
Group A-D
Group A-D Rating
Reduction:
Div. 2 to Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2
Nonhazardous
WPS Style
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, UL
&
FM
Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group C&D
Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to WPSA Style
Nonhazardous
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1,
WPSA Style
Group A-D
UL
&
FM
Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2
Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement: 24 / 120 / 240 VDC @ 3 /4 /11 watts
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 80 psi min. during exchange. Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs.
*** Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
35
Type Y & Z
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Venturi
Orifice
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
1000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Rapid
Exchange®
Control Valve
Filter
Regulator
Filter Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Tube Fittings & Valves:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" & 1/2" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Anodized Cast Alum.
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Type Y & Z
Mounting
Plate
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-8 or NC-8
1/2" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-8
Mounting Kit
SMK-2
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-4-SA...
Warning Nameplate EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
1004 - LPS - CI - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS- with pressure switch
WPSA - with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 1004 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
GPSK-1
RAH
RAB-1
RAB-2
LCK
TCK
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-8
SC-8
EFC-4
EFC-8
EBC-8
EPC-14
1/2" Ninety Connector
1/2" Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
1/2" Flush Connector
1/2" Bulkhead Connector
1 1/2" Pipe Connector
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0203
Inst. & Operation Manual
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2 or 8
EPSK-1
General-purpose Switch Kit
Remote Alarm Horn
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
System Mounting Kit
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
EPV-4-SA-00
EPV-4-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
Height
12 / 16.25
12 / 16.25
12 / 12
12 / 12
12 / 15
14 / 18.25
Width
13.5 / 13.5
13.5 / 13.5
13.5 / 16.75
13.5 / 16.75
13.5 / 13.5
15.5 / 15.5
Depth
6.75 / 8.25
6.75 / 8.25
6.75 / 8.25
6.75 / 8.25
7.75 / 9.25
6.75 / 8.25
FM or PM - flat panel
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 13h x 14.5w WPS - 17.25h x 14.5w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
36
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class I ( ≤ 450 ft 3)
Description
Model 1005
Model 1005 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-5 Enclosure
Protection Vent is required for proper operation. This process
reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating within the
enclosure(s), in accordance with the NEC - NFPA 70,
Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
1000
SERIES
Type Y & Z
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. The enclosure protection vent must be
tested and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The enclosure
pressure control valve is then used to set a safe reading
on the enclosure pressure indicator. When safe pressure
is stable, the Rapid Exchange control valve must be fully
engaged. Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle,
(five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve
must be disengaged to return to a safe enclosure pressure.
Power can then be energized to the protected enclosure(s).
Loss of safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless
power is deenergized. WPS style systems include an
explosion proof differential pressure switch with form "C"
contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
See page 38
Shipping Weight:
LPS - 15 lb / WPS - 25 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi
Capacity & Filtration:
8.5 oz @ 40 Micron
Supply Requirements:
clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25"
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
Exchange Flow Rate:
** 60 SCFM / 3600 SCFH
Exchange Time:
1 min / 15 ft3
System Supply Port:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" tube fitting
Switch Setting (Decr):
0.15" ± 0.02"
Switch Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
Switch Contact Rating
WPS Style:
120 VAC @ 15 A
WPSA Style: *** 120/220 VAC, 24 VDC @ 10 A; 125 VDC @ 50 mA
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 1005 Type Y Model Number: 1005 Type Z
Designation:
Purging System Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
450 ft3 max. Enclosure Volume:
450 ft3 max.
LPS Style
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
Cl. I, Div. 1, WPS Style
Group C&D UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Div. 1 to Div. 2 Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to WPSA Style
Nonhazardous
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Rating Reduction:
Group A-D
WPSA Style
Div. 1 to Div. 2 UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement: 24 / 120 / 240 VDC @ 3 /4 /11 watts
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 80 psi min. during exchange Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs, Inc.
*** Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
37
Type Y & Z
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Venturi
Orifice
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
WPS/WPSA Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Type Y & Z
1000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Filter
Regulator
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Filter Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Tube Fittings & Valves:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Anodized Cast Alum.
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Rapid
Exchange®
Control Valve
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Mounting
Plate
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
System Accessories Diagram
Supply Inlet Fitting
1/2" Supply Pipe
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EPC-10
Model Number Designations
Mounting Kit
SMK-2
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-5-SA...
Warning Nameplate EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
1005 - LPS - CI - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS- with pressure switch
WPSA - with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 1005 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
RAB-1
RAB-2
LCK
TCK
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EPC-10
EPC-15
1/4" Flush Connector
1/2" Pipe Connector
2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2 or -8
EPSK-1
GPSK-1
RAH
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0204
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
System Mounting Kit
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
General-purpose Switch Kit
Remote Alarm Horn
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
Inst. & Operation Manual
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-5-SA-00
EPV-5-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM or PM - flat panel
Height
13.5 / 17.75
13.5 / 17.75
14 / 13
14/ 13
15 / 17.75
15.5 / 19.75
Width
13.5 / 13.5
13.5 / 13.5
13.5 / 16.125
13.5 / 16.125
13.5 / 13.5
15.5 / 15.5
Depth
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
7.75 / 9.25
5 / 6.5
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 14.5h x 14.5w WPS - 18.75h x 14.5w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
38
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y & Z
Class I (≤ 2 ft 3) and Class II ( ≤ 10 ft 3)
Description
Model 11
Model 11 is an enclosure pressurization or purging system
that operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to prevent combustible
dust accumulation or remove and prevent flammable gas
or vapor accumulations. In Class II areas, the system
maintains a "safe" (1.0") pressure. In Class I areas, the
system accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains
a "safe" (0.25") pressure. These processes reduce the
hazardous (classified) area rating within the enclosure(s),
in accordance with the NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA
496 and ISA 12.4.
In accordance with system instructions, start-up
requires air supply to be engaged and enclosure power
to be deenergized. In Class II areas, all dust must be
removed from the enclosure(s). The enclosure protection
vent (if used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be
sealed. The enclosure pressure control regulator is then
used to set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure
gauge. In Class II areas, power can be energized when
safe pressure is stable. In Class I areas, the user must
perform an exchange cycle (determined by the safe pressure
flow rate—five minutes minimum) before power can be
energized. Loss of safe pressure in Class I or II areas
requires immediate attention, unless power is deenergized.
WPS style systems include an explosion proof differential
pressure switch with form "C" contacts for audible or
visual alarm systems.
Specifications
See page 40
LPS - 5 lb /WPS - 10 lb
40°F to +120°F
* 5 - 120 psi
clean air or inert gas
0.25" / 1.0"
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
1/4" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
0.15" / 0.5" ± 0.02"
1/2" FPT
120 VAC @ 15 A
* With EPV-1 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without Vent must be equipped
with redundant regulator set to 5 psi max.
** Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
Type Y & Z
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Operation
System Dimensions:
Shipping Weight:
Temp. Range:
Supply Pressure Range:
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. (CI/CII):
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
System Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
Switch Setting (CI/CII, Decr):
Switch Conduit Port Size:
Switch Contact Rating:
1000
SERIES
For wiring schematic see page 118
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
WPS Style
(With Pressure Switch)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 11-CI Type Y
Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
2 ft3 max.
Model Number: 11-CI Type Z
Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
2 ft3 max.
LPS Style
LPS Style
Cl. I, Div. 1, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, UL & FM Certified:
Group A-D Group A-D
Div. 2 to Rating Reduction: Div. 1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
WPS Style
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Div. 1 to Div. 2 Group C&D
Div. 2 to Rating Reduction:
Nonhazardous
11-CII Type Y
Model Number: Designation: Pressurization System
10 ft3 max.
Enclosure Volume:
11-CII Type Z
Model Number: Designation: Pressurization System
10 ft3 max.
Enclosure Volume:
LPS Style
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 1, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2, Group F&G Group F&G
Rating Reduction: Div. 1 to Div. 2 Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
WPS Style
Cl. II, Div. 1, Group F&G UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2, Div. 1 to Div. 2 Group F&G
Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
39
Type Y & Z
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Regulator
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Venturi
Orifice
Type Y & Z
1000
SERIES
WPS Style
(With Pressure Switch)
LPS Style
(Less Pressure Switch)
Mounting
Plate
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
1/4" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Mounting Kit
SMK-1
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-1-SA...
(EPV vent not required
when using the TR-10G
tamperproof regulator
as redundancy)
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
ABS Plastic
Tube Fittings:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Anodized Cast Alum.
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-4
Material Specifications
Note: ECK-11,
Enclosure Connection Kit
includes (2) EFC-4, and
tubing mounted to panel
Warning Nameplate EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
11 - LPS - CI - YZ - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
WPS
- with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
CII - Class II Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
(Not available in WPS Style)
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
Model 11 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
FACTORY INSTALLED FITTINGS & FILTER
ECK-11
EPSK-1 or -2 Explosion Proof Switch Kit
GPSK-1 or -2 General-purpose Switch Kit
RAH
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
RAB-2
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
LCK
L Fitting Conduit Kit
TCK
T Fitting Conduit Kit
Enclosure Connection Kit
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EBC-4
EPC-10
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
1/2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
ILF-4
SMK-1, -4 or -6
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
1/4" Filter
System Mounting Kit
EPV-1-SA-00
EPV-1-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
OPTIONAL HEX KEY REGULATOR HANDLE
TR-10G
Tamperproof Regulator
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
EWN-2
ETW
Class I Enclosure Warning
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0207
Inst. & Operation Manual
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM & PM - surface
6.25 / 8.5
6.25 / 8.5
6.25 / 10.75
8.25 / 12.75
7.5 / 13.375
7.5 / 13.375
6 / 7.5
8 / 9.5
5.5 / 7.25
5.5 / 7.25
4.5 / 7
TM - top mount
LPS / WPS
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
Height
6.25 / 10.75
6.25 / 10.75
Width
6 / 7.5
6 / 7.5
Depth
5.5 / 7.25
5.5 / 7.25
5.5 / 7.25
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: LPS - 7.25h x 7w WPS - 11.75h x 8.5w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
40
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Z
Class I ( ≤ 2 ft 3) and Class II ( ≤ 10 ft 3)
Description
Model 1011
Model 1011 is an enclosure pressurization or purging
system that operates on a supply of compressed
instrument air or inert gas. It regulates and monitors
pressure within sealed (protected) enclosures, in order to
prevent combustible dust accumulation or remove and
prevent flammable gas or vapor accumulations. In Class
II areas, the system maintains a "safe" (1.0") pressure. In
Class I areas, the system accomplishes four air exchanges
and maintains a "safe" (0.25") pressure.
These processes reduce the hazardous (classified) area
rating within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
1000
SERIES
Type Z
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up
requires air supply to be engaged and enclosure power
to be deenergized. In Class II areas, all dust must be
removed from the enclosure(s). The enclosure protection
vent (if used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be
sealed. The enclosure pressure control regulator is then
used to set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure
gauge. In Class II areas, power can be energized when safe
pressure is stable. In Class I areas, the user must perform
an exchange cycle (determined by the safe pressure flow
rate—five minutes minimum), before power can be
energized. Loss of safe pressure in Class I or II areas
requires immediate attention, unless power is deenergized.
System installation may be enhanced with a stand-alone
Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPSK explosion proof switch kit to
provide form "C" contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
Shipping Weight:
Temp. Range:
Supply Pressure Range:
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. (CI/CII):
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
System Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
See page 42
7 lb
-20 °F to +120 °F
* 5 - 120 psi
clean air or inert gas
0.25" / 1.0"
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
1/4" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
Front View
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 1011-CI Type Z Model Number: 1011-CII Type Z
Designation:
Purging System Designation: Pressurization System
Enclosure Volume:
2 ft3 max. Enclosure Volume:
10 ft3 max.
UL Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, UL Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 2,
Group A-D Group F&G
Rating Reduction:
Div.2to Rating Reduction:
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous Nonhazardous
* With EPV-1 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without Vent must be equipped with redundant regulator set to 5 psi max.
** Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
41
Type Z
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Regulator
Venturi
Orifice
Universal
Mounting
Bracket
Rear View
Type Z
Regulator Body:
Brass, Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Tube Fittings:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silkscreen & Lexan®
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate & Bracket:
Anodized Aluminum
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Mounting
Plate
1000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
1/4" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-4
Mounting Kit
SMK-1
Enclosure Reference
Fitting EFC-4
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-1-SA...
(EPV vent not required
when using the TR-10G
tamperproof regulator
as redundancy)
Note: ECK-1011,
Enclosure Connection Kit
includes (2) EFC-4, and
tubing mounted to panel
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
1011 - CI - Z - UH - ##
Series Model Number
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
CII - Class II Area
System Type
Z - Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
UM
- universal mount
external surface
FM - frame mount external frame or rack
PM - panel mountenclosure surface cutout
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
FM & PM configuration mounting plates include four (4)
1/4" mounting holes at each corner, on 5/16" centers.
Warning Nameplate EWN-__
(Included with Panel)
Model 1011 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EBC-4
EPC-10
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
1/2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
ILF-4
SMK-1 or -4
EPSK-1 or -2
1/4" Filter
System Mounting Kit
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
GPSK-1 or -2 General-purpose Switch Kit
RAH
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-2
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
WARNING NAMEPLATES
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
EWN-1
EWN-2
ETW
EPV-1-SA-00
EPV-1-SA-90
129-0205
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
Class I Enclosure Warning
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
Inst. & Operation Manual
OPTIONAL HEX KEY REGULATOR HANDLE
TR-10G
Tamperproof Regulator
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
Configuration
UM - left hand
UM - right hand
UM - top mount
UM - bottom mount
- frame mount
PM - panel mount
Height
8
8
8.25
8.25
8
8
Width
8.25
8.25
8
8
8
8
Depth
5
5
5
5
5
5
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 7.625h x 7.625w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
42
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Z
Class I ( ≤ 15 ft 3)
Description
Model 1012
Model 1012 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-2 Enclosure
Protection Vent is required for proper operation. This
process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
1000
SERIES
Type Z
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. The enclosure protection vent must be tested
and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The enclosure pressure
control valve is then used to set a safe reading on the
enclosure pressure indicator. When safe pressure is stable,
the Rapid Exchange control valve must be fully engaged.
Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle, (five
minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve must
be disengaged to return to a safe enclosure pressure. Power
can then be energized to the protected enclosure(s). Loss
of safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless power
is deenergized. System installation may be enhanced with
a stand-alone Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPSK explosion proof
switch kit to provide form "C" contacts for audible or visual
alarm systems.
System Specifications
System Dimensions:
Shipping Weight:
Temp. Range:
Supply Pressure Range:
Capacity & Filtration:
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. Setpoint:
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
Exchange Pressure:
Exchange Flow Rate:
Exchange Time:
System Supply Port:
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
Front View
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
UL Certified:
Rating Reduction:
1012-CI Type Z
Purging System
15 ft3 max.
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
See page 44
10 lb
-20 °F to +120 °F
80 - 120 psi
1.5 oz @ 20 Micron
clean air or inert gas
0.25"
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
3"- 5"
** 4 SCFM/240 SCFH
1 min/ft3
1/4" FPT
1/4" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 60 psi min. during exchange. Rapid Exchange®
is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
43
Type Z
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Rapid Exchange
Control Valve
Material Specifications
Regulator
Filter Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Tube Fittings & Valves:
316 SS Forged Body
Tubing:
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
System Nameplates:
Silkscreen & Lexan®
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate & Bracket:
Anodized Aluminum
Silk screened SS
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System
Supply
Inlet
Venturi
Orifice
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Mounting
Plate
Enclosure Pressure
Control Valve
Type Z
1000
SERIES
Universal
Mounting Bracket
Rear View
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Model Number Designations
System Accessories Diagram
Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-4 or NC-4
Series Model Number
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
System Type
Z - Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
UM
- universal mount
external surface
FM - frame mount external frame or rack
PM - panel mountenclosure surface cutout
## - See Accessories Page 130 for additional
factory installed accessories
1/4" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-4
1012 - CI - Z - UH - ##
Mounting Kit
SMK-2
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
FM & PM configuration mounting plates include four (4)
1/4" mounting holes at each corner, on 5/16" centers.
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-2-SA...
Warning Nameplate EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
Model 1012 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-4
SC-4
EFC-4
EBC-4
EPC-12
1/4" Ninety Connector
1/4" Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
3/4" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-1 or -4
EPSK-1
System Mounting Kit
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
GPSK-1
RAH
RAB-2
General-purpose Switch Kit
Remote Alarm Horn
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
129-0206
Inst. & Operation Manual
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-2-SA-00
EPV-2-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
Configuration
UM - left hand
UM - right hand
UM - top mount
UM - bottom mount
FM - frame mount
PM - panel mount
Height
12
12
12.25
12.25
12
12
Width
12.25
12.25
12
12
12
12
5
5
5
5
Depth
5
5
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 11.625h x 11.625w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
44
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Class I ( ≤ 90 ft 3) and Zone 2 ( ≤ 2.54 m3)
Description
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. The enclosure protection vent must be tested
and enclosure(s) must be sealed. After transferring the
valve key, locked into the pneumatic manifold's Rapid
Exchange® control valve stem, the enclosure pressure control
valve is used to set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure
indicator. When safe pressure is stable, the valve key is
transferred and locked into the Rapid Exchange control
valve stem and the Rapid Exchange control valve is then
fully engaged. Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange
cycle, (five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control
valve is disengaged to return to a safe enclosure pressure.
Power can then be energized to the protected enclosure(s).
Loss of safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless
power to the protected enclosure(s) is deenergized. WPS
and WPSA style systems include an explosion proof
differential pressure switch with form "C" contacts for
audible or visual alarm systems.
Model 3003
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-VML
Vertical Mount Configuration
Model 3003-WPS-CI-YZ-HMT
Horizontal Mount Configuration
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-CK
Component Kit Configuration
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 3003
Type Y System
Designation:
Rapid Exchange® Purging
Enclosure Volume:
90 ft3
3
(2.54 m ) max.
LPS Style
Cl. I, Div. 1,
UL & FM Certified:
Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1,
Group C-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2
3000
SERIES
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3003 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
protected enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The Model 3003
consists of three major components: (1) a pneumatic
manifold assembly, (2) a differential enclosure pressure
indicator and (3) a stainless steel face plate with mounting
flange, or a Lexan® system start up instruction nameplate.
Model 3003 is offered in three distinct variations, identified
as "VM" (Vertical Mount), "HM" (Horizontal Mount), both
available in WPS & WPSA styles, and "CK" (Component Kit)
mounting configurations. The VM configuration features a
filter regulator and face plate with a flange for mounting
to a vertical surface. The HM configuration features a
regulator and face plate with a flange for mounting on a
horizontal surface. Finally, the CK configuration is a kit
of parts including the pneumatic manifold assembly, the
enclosure pressure indicator and a start-up instruction
nameplate. The VM and HM configurations are intended
for flange or frame mounting to a solid surface on or near
the protected enclosure(s), while the CK configuration is
intended for frame mounting through cutouts in a panel
on or near the enclosure(s). With the addition of a Model
GCK gauge conversion kit, all configurations can be
mounted through the surface of a protected enclosure.
The CK configuration provides a seal that withstands
Type 4 hosedown testing. Model 3003 accomplishes the
required volume exchanges and maintains a safe pressure.
Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-3 enclosure protection vent is
required for proper operation. This process reduces the
hazardous (classified) area rating within protected enclosure(s),
in accordance with the NEC - NFPA 70, NFPA 496,
ISA 12.4 and IEC 600 79-15 EN 50021.
Model Number: 3003
Type Z and Ex [pz] System
Designation:
Rapid Exchange® Purging
Enclosure Volume:
90 ft3
3
(2.54 m ) max.
LPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
ATEX 'pz' Certified:
Zone 2,
Group IIC
Rating Reduction:
Div.2to
Nonhazardous
Zone 2 to Nonhazardous
WPS Style
WPSA Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C-D
Group A-D Rating Reduction:
Div.2to
Nonhazardous
WPSA Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
ATEX 'pz' Certified:
Zone 2,
Group IIB+H2
Rating Reduction:
Div.2to
Nonhazardous
Zone 2 to Nonhazardous
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs, Inc.
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
II 3G Ex [pz] II
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
45
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3003 VM Configuration - The Vertical Mount System
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
System Model
& Ratings
Filter Regulator
Pneumatic Manifold Body
System
Start-Up Instructions
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Valve Stem
Enclosure Supply
Outlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
3000
SERIES
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve Stem w/Valve Key
in locked position
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Valve Key
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure Indicator
System Face Plate
Enclosure Reference
Inlet
Venturi Orifice
Rear View
Front View
Atmospheric Reference
Enclosure Pressure Indicator
Important Notes
1) The VM configuration is supplied with a mounting flange for right-angled attachment to a vertical surface external to the protected enclosure.
2) The VM configuration can also be frame mounted external to the protected enclosure through a 5" (127 mm) W x 9" (229 mm) H cutout
in a suitable mounting surface.
3) Model GCK gauge conversion kit is required to panel mount the VM configuration through a 5" (127 mm) W x 9"(229 mm) H cutout in
the protected enclosure surface.
4) See page 52 for Model GCK kit description and conversion procedure.
WPS / WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
Filter Regulator
System Model
& Ratings
Pneumatic
Manifold Body
System
Start-Up Instructions
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Valve Stem
Enclosure Supply
Outlet
Valve Key
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve Stem w/Valve
Key in locked position
Enclosure Reference
Inlet
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure Indicator
Atmospheric
Reference
System Face Plate
Enclosure Pressure Indicator
EXP Pressure Loss
Alarm Switch
Venturi Orifice
Front View
Rear View
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
46
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3003 HM Configuration - The Horizontal Mount System
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
System Start-Up Instructions
Enclosure Pressure
Control Valve Stem
System Model & Ratings
Regulator
Pneumatic Manifold Body
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
System
Face Plate
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
Venturi Orifice
Front View
Atmospheric
Reference
Rear View
Valve Key
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure
Indicator
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Important Notes
1) The HM configuration is supplied with a mounting flange for right-angled attachment to a horizontal surface external to the protected enclosure.
2) The HM configuration can also be frame mounted external to the protected enclosure through a 10.25" (260mm) W x 5" (127mm) H
cutout in a suitable mounting surface.
3) Model GCK gauge conversion kit is required to panel mount the HM configuration through a 10.25" (260mm) W x 5" (127mm) H cutout
in the protected enclosure surface.
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve Stem
w/Valve Key in
locked position
3000
SERIES
4) See page 52 for Model GCK kit description and conversion procedure.
WPS / WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
System Model
& Ratings
EXP Pressure Loss
Alarm Switch
System
Face Plate
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
Stem
System Start-Up
Instructions
Pneumatic
Manifold Body
Regulator
Valve Key
Front View
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
Rear View
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure
Indicator
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Venturi Orifice
Rapid Exchange
Atmospheric
Control Valve Stem
Reference
w/Valve Key in
locked position
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
®
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
47
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3003 CK Configuration - The Component Kit System
Part #1
Enclosure Pressure
Indicator
Part #2
Pneumatic Manifold
Assembly
Part #3
Rapid Exchange® Injection
Pressure Indicator
Pneumatic Manifold
Mounting Screws
Typical 3
Regulator
Pneumatic
Manifold
Body
Enclosure
Pressure Control
Valve Stem
3000
SERIES
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve
Stem w/Valve
Key in locked
position
Front View
Front View
Rapid
Exchange®
Injection
Pressure
Indicator
Connection
Front View
Side View
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Valve Key
Regulator
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Pneumatic
Manifold
Body
System
Supply
Inlet
Venturi
Orifice
Rear View
Atmospheric
Reference
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Rear View
Part #4
Start Up Instruction
Nameplate
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Important Notes
1) The CK configuration is four discrete parts suitable for mounting through a set of cutouts in a vertical surface external to the protected enclosure.
2) A Model GCK gauge conversion kit is required to panel mount the CK configuration through a set of cutouts in the protected enclosure surface.
3) See page 52 for Model GCK kit description and conversion procedure.
CK Configuration System & Optional Remote Cube Filter Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Pneumatic Manifold
Enclosure Pressure Gauge
4.0
1.5
(101.6) (38.1)
4.75 (120.7)
3.13
(79.4)
Side View
Model RCF-4
0.5
(12.7)
3.75
(95.3)
4.88
(123.8)
Front View
1.26 (32)
0.79 (20) 0.39 (10)
1.34
(34)
3.25 (82.6)
4.5 (114.3) Ø
0.59 (15)
2.33 (59)
0.82 (20.8)
6.38 (161.9)
0.218 ( 5.5) Ø TYP. 3
0.44 (11.1) Ø
0.66 (16.7) Ø TYP. 2
Side View
Helpful Hint
CL
0.35 (9)
5.25
(133.4)
Panel Cutout
4.5 (114.3) Ø
Front View
Side View
Model 3003 CK System
Panel Cutout Pattern
1.40 (35.4)
CL
1.63 (41.3)
square
Note: Two optional Enclosure Pressure Gauge
positions are shown on the Model 3003 CK
System Panel Cutout Pattern to the left. The
optional positions center gauge to the right or
bottom side of System Nameplate.
4.38
(111.1)
Model RCF-4
Panel Cutout Pattern
CL
0.63 (15.9) 0.63 (15.9)
CL
0.17 (4.4) Ø TYP. 2
0.5 (12.7) Ø
Cut only one 4.5" (114.3 mm) Ø hole in panel.
4.5 (114.3) Ø
48
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3003 WPS VM Configuration & Flange Dimensions in Inches (mm)
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
Panel Cutout
4.0 (101.6)
4.0 (101.6) 1.5 (38.1)
5 (127)
3.38 (85.7)
0.63 (15.9)
Model 3003-LPS-CI Type Y OR Z
1.0 (25.4)
Panel
Cutout
9.5 (241.3)
8.5 (215.9)
9 (228.6)
9.5 (241.3)
.
0.25 ( 6.4) O.D
TYP 4
SERIAL#
5.5 (139.7)
VM Configuration
Side View
VM Configuration
Front View
Vertical Mount Flange
Front View
3000
SERIES
WPS/WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
Panel Cutout
3.5 (88.9)
4.0 (101.6)
3.38 (85.7)
0.63 (15.9)
Model 3003-WPS-CI Type Y OR Z
1.0 (25.4)
Panel
Cutout
15.25 (387.4)
14.25 (356)
13 (330)
14 (356)
.
0.25 ( 6.4) O.D
TYP 4
8 (203.2)
WPS/WPSA VM Configuration
Front View
WPS/WPSA VM Configuration
Side View
WPS/WPSA Vertical Mount Flange
Front View
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
5.0 (127)
7.5 (190.5)
Model 3003 HM Configuration & Flange Dimensions in Inches (mm)
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
4.0 (101.6) 1.5 (38.1)
Panel Cutout 10.25 (260.4)
10.75 (273.1)
4.0 (101.6)
10.75 (273.05)
3.38 (85.7)
Cutout
5 (127)
1.0 (25.4)
5.5 (139.7)
0.63 (15.9)
8.75 (222.3)
Panel
0.25 ( 6.4) O.D
TYP 4
LPS HM Configuration
Front View
LPS HM Configuration
Side View
LPS Horizontal Mount Flange
Front View
WPS/WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
4.0 (101.6) 3.5 (88.9)
Panel Cutout 14.5 (368.3)
15 (381)
Z
3.38 (85.7)
4.0 (101.6)
1.0 (25.4)
0.63 (15.9)
14 (355.6)
Panel
Cutout
8 (203.2)
7.5 (190.5)
0.25 ( 6.4) O.D
TYP 4
15 (381)
WPS/WPSA HM Configuration
Front View
WPS/WPSA HM Configuration
Side View
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
WPS/WPSA Horizontal Mount
Flange Front View
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
49
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Typical Model 3003 System Installation Details
External to the Protected Enclosure
Internal to the Protected Enclosure
Flange Mount HM Configuration
with Model SMK-1 Fastener Kit
Panel Mount CK Configuration
with Model RCF-4 Remote Cube Filter
& Model GCK Gauge Conversion Kit
Enclosure
Protection
System
Enclosure Reference Tubing,
Customer Supplied
System Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-6-4 or NC-6-4
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent EPV-3
Enclosure Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-6-8 or NC-6-8
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
3000
SERIES
Enclosure Supply
Fitting EFC-6
Start-up Instruction
Nameplate
Atmospheric Reference
Bulkhead Fitting PRB-4
System Supply Tubing,
Customer Supplied
Enclosure Reference
Fitting EFC-4
Enclosure Pressure
Indicator w/GCK Installed
Atmospheric Reference
Tubing, customer
supplied
System Supply
Inlet Fitting
SC-6-4 or NC-6-4
Pressurized
(Protected)
Enclosure
System Pneumatic
Manifold
Pressurized
(Protected)
Enclosure
System Mounting Kit
SMK-1
Optional Accessory
Remote Cube Filter
Model RCF-4
shown mounted to the
Protected Enclosure
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent EPV-3
System Supply Tubing,
Customer Supplied
Optional Enclosure
Supply Outlet Fitting
SC-6-8 or NC-6-8
Enclosure Supply
Tubing, customer
supplied, used to direct
protective gas to the
extreme opposite corner
from the enclosure
protection vent
Standard and Panel Mount Pneumatic Installation Diagram
Standard Pneumatic Installation Diagram
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent
See panel mounting conversion
procedure on page 52
Enclosure
Pressure Gauge
System
Supply
Sintered
Vent
PRB-4
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve
Rapid Exchange®
Pressure Gauge
Inlet
Supply
Enclosure Pressure
Control Valve
Enclosure
Regulator
Panel Mount Installation Diagram
System
Supply
WPS Style EXP
Pressure Switch
Enclosure
Pressure Gauge
Sintered
Vent
Sintered
Vent
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent
Reference
Venturi Orifice
Rapid Exchange®
Pressure Gauge
Inlet
Warning
Nameplate
Supply
Regulator
50
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Enclosure Pressure
Control Valve
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
Enclosure
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
VM Configuration Mounting Options
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-VML
Flange Mounted to
Vertical 2" Pipe Stand with
Model PMK-1 Fastener Kit
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-VM
Frame or Panel* Mounted
Through Cutout in Suitable Surface
with Model SMK-6m Fastener Kit
HM Configuration Mounting Options
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-HMT
Flange Mounted to
Flat Horizontal Surface with
Model SMK-1 Fastener Kit
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-HMB
Flange Mounted to
Horizontal 2" Pipe Stand with
Model PMK-1 Fastener Kit
3000
SERIES
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-VML
Flange Mounted to
Flat Vertical Surface with
Model SMK-1 Fastener Kit
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-HM
Frame or Panel* Mounted
Through Cutout in Suitable Surface
with Model SMK-6m Fastener Kit
CK Configuration Mounting Options
Front View
Rear View
Model 3003-LPS-CI-YZ-CK
Rear View of Frame or Panel* Mount
Through Cutout in Suitable Surface with supplied fasteners
* PANEL MOUNTED SYSTEMS REQUIRE A PEPPERL+FUCHS MODEL GCK FOR PROPER OPERATION - SEE PAGE 52
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
51
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3003 Panel Mount Conversion
System Specifications
1.Secure one Model GCK Conversion
Kit. Kit includes a PRB-4 & SC-2
Fitting & Enclosure Pressure
Gauge gasket.
2.Remove venturi orifice and run tee
from the high port of the gauge
Low
and discard.
Port
3.Remove sintered vent from low port.
4.Reinstall sintered vent into high port.
5. Install Model SC-2 fitting into low port.
SC-2
6. Install Gauge gasket between gauge
Sintered Vent
& mounting surface.
PRB-4
7.Install Model PRB-4 fitting through
Standard
Panel Mount
enclosure surface (vent end out) and
Configuration
Configuration
connect tubing (customer supplied)
(prior to conversion) (after conversion)
between SC-2 & PRB-4.
System Dimensions:
See pages 48-49
Shipping Weight:
LPS - 10 lb (4.5 kg) /
WPS - 15 lb (6.8 kg)
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F (-29ºC to +49ºC)
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi (5.5 - 8.3 bar)
Capacity & Filtration:
1.5 oz @ 20 Micron
Supply Requirements:
clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25" (6.35mm)
Safe Press. Flow Rate: * 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH (2.8 - 99 l /hr)
Exchange Pressure:
* 3" - 5" (76.2 mm - 127 mm)
Exchange Flow Rate:
** 12 SCFM /720 SCFH
(340 l /m / 20390 l /hr)
Exchange Time:
4 Volume Exchange Rate:
1 min / 3.0 ft3 (85 l /min)
5 Volume Exchange Rate:
1 min / 2.4 ft3 (68 l /min)
System Supply Port:
1/4" FPT
Enclosure Supply Port:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube
Switch Setting (WPS & WPSA Only):
0.15" ± 0.02"
3.81 mm ± 0.51 mm
1/2"FPT
Switch Conduit Port Size:
Switch Contact Ratings:
WPS Style:
120 VAC @ 15 A
WPSA Style: *** 120/220 VAC, 24 VDC @ 10 A; 125 VDC @ 50 mA
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement:24 / 120 / 240 VDC @ 3 /4 /11 watts
Venturi
Orifice
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
3000
SERIES
Run
Tee
High
Port
Sintered
Vent
Material Specifications
Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle & Bowl*:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Rapid Exchange® Gauge:
Tube Fitting:
Tubing:
Fastener Hardware:
System Face Plate:
System Mounting Flange:
Manifold Body:
Manifold Valves:
Mfr. ID Nameplate:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
EXP Pressure Switch Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Poly & Nickel Plated
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
Alum. & Stainless Steel
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
316 SS Tumble Finish
Anodized Aluminum
316 Stainless Steel
Silkscreen Lexan®
Silk screened SS
Anodized Cast Aluminum
* Refers to filter bowl supplied with VM mounting configuration
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 60 psi min. during exchange
*** Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
Model Number Designations
3003 - LPS - CI - YZ - VM - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
†
WPS - with pressure switch
WPSA - with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2
Div. 2 / Zone 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
VML - vertical mount left
left of enclosure
VMR - vertical mount right
right of enclosure
HMT
- horizontal mount top
top of enclosure
HMB - horizontal mount bottom bottom of enclosure
CK - Component Kit - LPS style only
## - See Accessories Page 131 for additional
factory installed accessories
† Does not have ATEX certification
Model 3003 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-6-4
SC-6-4
NC-6-8
SC-6-8
EFC-4
EBC-4
EFC-6
EBC-6
EPC-13
3/8" T x 1/4" P Ninety Connector
3/8" T x 1/4" P Straight Connector
3/8" T x 1/2" P Ninety Connector
3/8" T x 1/2" P Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
3/8" Flush Connector
3/8" Bulkhead Connector
1 1/4" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-1
SMK-6m
PMK-1
GCK
ILF-4
RCF-4
EPSK-1
EPSK-1A
GPSK-1
System Mounting Kit - Flange
System Mounting
Kit - Frame/Panel
Pipe Mounting Kit
Gauge Conversion Kit
1/4" In-Line Filter Kit
1/4" Remote Cube Filter
Explosion Proof
Switch Kit (GRP C, D)
Explosion Proof
Switch Kit (GRP A-D)
General-purpose Switch Kit
Remote Alarm Horn
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
RAH
RAB-1
RAB-2
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-3-SA-00
EPV-3-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0198
Inst. & Operation Manual
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
52
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Class I ( ≤ 250 ft 3 ) and Zone 2 ( ≤ 7.08 m3)
Description
Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
air supply to be engaged and enclosure power to be
deenergized. The enclosure protection vent must be tested
and enclosure(s) must be sealed. After transferring the valve
key, locked into the pneumatic manifold's Rapid Exchange
control valve stem, the enclosure pressure control valve is
used to set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure indicator.
When safe pressure is stable, the valve key is transferred
and locked into the Rapid Exchange control valve stem
and the Rapid Exchange control valve is then fully engaged.
Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle, (five
minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve is
disengaged to return to a safe enclosure pressure. Power
can then be energized to the protected enclosure(s). Loss
of safe pressure requires immediate attention, unless
power to the protected enclosure(s) is deenergized. WPS
and WPSA style systems include an explosion proof
differential pressure switch with form "C" contacts for
audible or visual alarm systems.
Model 3004
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-VML
Vertical Mount Configuration
Model 3004-WPS-CI-YZ-HMT
Horizontal Mount Configuration
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-CK
Component Kit Configuration
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 3004
Type Y System
Designation:
Rapid Exchange® Purging
Enclosure Volume:
250 ft3
(7.08 m3) max.
Model Number: 3004
Type Z and Ex [pz] System
Designation:
Rapid Exchange® Purging
Enclosure Volume:
250 ft3
(7.08 m3) max.
LPS Style
LPS Style
Cl. I, Div. 1, UL & FM Certified:
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2,
Group A-D Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2 ATEX 'pz' Certified: Zone 2, Group IIC
Rating Reduction: Div. 2 to
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Nonhazardous
Zone 2 to Nonhazardous
Group C-D Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2
WPSA Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1,
Group A-D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Div. 2
WPS Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group C-D
Rating Reduction:
Div.2to
Nonhazardous
WPSA Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 2, Group A-D
ATEX 'pz' Certified:
Zone 2,
Group IIB+H2
Rating Reduction:
Div.2to
Nonhazardous
Zone 2 to Nonhazardous
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs, Inc.
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
3000
SERIES
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3004 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or
inert gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
protected enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The Model 3004
consists of three major components: (1) a pneumatic
manifold assembly, (2) a differential enclosure pressure
indicator and (3) a stainless steel face plate with mounting
flange, or a Lexan® system start up instruction nameplate.
Model 3003 is offered in three distinct variations, identified
as "VM" (Vertical Mount), "HM" (Horizontal Mount), both
available in WPS & WPSA styles, and "CK" (Component Kit)
mounting configurations. The VM configuration features a
filter regulator and face plate with a flange for mounting to
a vertical surface. The HM configuration features a regulator
and face plate with a flange for mounting on a horizontal
surface. Finally, the CK configuration is a kit of parts
including the pneumatic manifold assembly, the enclosure
pressure indicator and a start-up instruction nameplate.
The VM and HM configurations are intended for flange or
frame mounting to a solid surface on or near the protected
enclosure(s), while the CK configuration is intended for
frame mounting through cutouts in a panel on or near the
enclosure(s). With the addition of a Model GCK gauge
conversion kit, all configurations can be mounted through
the surface of a protected enclosure. The CK configuration
provides a seal that withstands Type 4 hosedown testing.
Model 3004 accomplishes the required volume exchanges
and maintains a safe pressure. Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-3
enclosure protection vent is required for proper operation.
This process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within protected enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, NFPA 496, ISA 12.4 and IEC 600 79-15
EN 50021.
II 3G Ex [pz] II
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
53
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3004 VM Configuration - The Vertical Mount System
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
System Model
& Ratings
Filter Regulator
Pneumatic Manifold Body
System
Start-Up Instructions
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Valve Stem
Enclosure Supply
Outlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
3000
SERIES
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve Stem w/Valve Key
in locked position
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Valve Key
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure Indicator
System Face Plate
Enclosure Reference
Inlet
Venturi Orifice
Front View
Rear View
Enclosure Pressure Indicator
Atmospheric Reference
(not visible)
Important Notes
1) The VM configuration is supplied with a mounting flange for right angle-attachment to a vertical surface external to the protected enclosure.
2) The VM configuration can also be frame mounted external to the protected enclosure through a 5" (127 mm) W x 10.75" (273 mm) H
cutout in a suitable mounting surface.
3) Model GCK gauge conversion kit is required to panel mount the VM configuration through a 5" (127 mm) W x 10.75" (273 mm) H
cutout in the protected enclosure surface.
4) See page 60 for Model GCK kit description and conversion procedure.
WPS / WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
Filter Regulator
System Model
& Ratings
Pneumatic
Manifold Body
System
Start-Up Instructions
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Valve Stem
Enclosure Supply
Outlet
Valve Key
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve Stem w/Valve
Key in locked position
Enclosure Reference
Inlet
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure Indicator
Atmospheric
Reference
(not visible)
System Face Plate
Enclosure Pressure Indicator
EXP Pressure Loss
Alarm Switch
Venturi Orifice
Front View
Rear View
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
54
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3004 HM Configuration - The Horizontal Mount System
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
System Start-Up Instructions
Enclosure Pressure
Control Valve Stem
System Model & Ratings
Regulator
Pneumatic Manifold Body
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
System
Face Plate
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
Venturi Orifice
Front View
Atmospheric
Reference
Rear View
Valve Key
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure
Indicator
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Important Notes
1) The HM configuration is supplied with a mounting flange for right-angled attachment to a horizontal surface external to the protected enclosure.
2) The HM configuration can also be frame mounted external to the protected enclosure through a 10.25" (260 mm) W x 5.5" (140 mm) H
cutout in a suitable mounting surface.
3) Model GCK gauge conversion kit is required to panel mount the HM configuration through a 10.25" (260 mm) W x 5.5" (140 mm) H
cutout in the protected enclosure surface.
4) See page 60 for Model GCK kit description and conversion procedure.
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve Stem
w/Valve Key in
locked position
3000
SERIES
WPS / WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
System Model
& Ratings
EXP Pressure Loss
Alarm Switch
System
Face Plate
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
Stem
System Start-Up
Instructions
Pneumatic
Manifold Body
Regulator
Valve Key
Front View
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve Stem
w/Valve Key in
locked position
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Indicator
Rear View
Rapid Exchange®
Injection Pressure
Indicator
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Venturi Orifice
Atmospheric
Reference
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
55
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3004 CK Configuration - The Component Kit System
Part #1
Enclosure Pressure
Indicator
Part #2
Pneumatic Manifold
Assembly
Part #3
Rapid Exchange® Injection
Pressure Indicator
Pneumatic Manifold
Mounting Screws
Typical 3
Regulator
Pneumatic
Manifold
Body
Enclosure
Pressure Control
Valve Stem
3000
SERIES
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve
Stem w/Valve
Key in locked
position
Front View
Rapid
Exchange®
Injection
Pressure
Indicator
Connection
Front View
Front View
Side View
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Valve Key
Regulator
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System
Supply
Inlet
Pneumatic
Manifold
Body
Rear View
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
Rear View
Atmospheric
Reference
Venturi
Orifice
Part #4
Start Up Instruction
Nameplate
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Important Notes
1) The CK Configuration is four discrete parts suitable for mounting through a set of cutouts in a vertical surface external to the protected enclosure.
2) A Model GCK gauge conversion kit is required to panel mount the CK configuration through a set of cutouts in the protected enclosure surface.
3) See page 60 for Model GCK kit description and conversion procedure.
CK Configuration System & Optional Remote Cube Filter Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Pneumatic Manifold
5.0 (127)
Enclosure Pressure Gauge
4.75 (120.7)
1.5 (38.1)
3.13
(79.4)
Side View
Model RCF-8
0.5
(12.7)
2.75 ( 69.85) square
5.5 (139.7)
4.875"
(124)
Side View
Front View
Model 3004 CK System
Panel Cutout Pattern
Front View
1.26 (32)
0.79 (20) 0.39 (10)
1.34
(34)
3.25 (82.6)
4.5 (114.3) Ø
0.59 (15)
2.33 (59)
0.82 (20.8)
6.38 (161.9)
0.218 ( 5.5) Ø TYP. 3
0.44 (11.1) Ø
0.66 (16.7) Ø TYP. 2
Side View
1.40 (35.4)
CL
6.75 (171.45)
Model RCF-8
Panel Cutout Pattern
Helpful Hint
CL
0.35 (9)
8 (203.2)
Panel Cutout
4.5 (114.3) Ø
Note: Two optional Enclosure Pressure Gauge
positions are shown on the Model 3004 CK
System Panel Cutout Pattern to the left. The
optional positions center gauge to the right or
bottom side of System Nameplate.
CL
1.0 (2.5) 1.0 (2.5)
CL
0.31 (7.94) Ø TYP. 2
0.94 (23.81) " Ø
Cut only one 4.5" (114.3 mm) Ø hole in panel.
4.5 (114.3) Ø
56
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3004 WPS VM Configuration & Flange Dimensions in Inches (mm)
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
Panel Cutout
5 (127)
5.0 (127)
4.0 (101.6)
1.5 (38.1)
3.38 (85.7)
0.63 (15.9)
Model 3004-LPS-CI Type Y OR Z
1.0 (25.4)
Panel
Cutout
10.25 (260.4)
11.25 (285.8)
10.75 (273.1)
11.25 (285.8)
.
0.25 ( 6.4) O.D
TYP 4
5.5 (139.7)
VM Configuration
Front View
VM Configuration
Side View
Vertical Mount Flange
Front View
3000
SERIES
WPS/WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
Panel Cutout
3.5 (88.9)
4.0 (101.6)
3.38 (85.7)
0.63 (15.9)
Model 3003-WPS-CI Type Y OR Z
1.0 (25.4)
Panel
Cutout
15.25 (387.4)
14.25 (356)
13 (330)
14 (356)
.
0.25 ( 6.4) O.D
TYP 4
8 (203.2)
WPS/WPSA VM Configuration
Front View
WPS/WPSA VM Configuration
Side View
WPS/WPSA Vertical Mount Flange
Front View
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
5.0 (127)
7.5 (190.5)
Model 3004 HM Configuration & Flange Dimensions in Inches (mm)
LPS (Less Pressure Switch)
10.75"
4.0 (101.6)
9.75"
1.5 (38.1)
Panel
6 (152.4)
4.0"
3.375"
.625"
1.0"
Panel Cutout 10.25 (260.4)
Cutout
5.5 (139.7)
.25" O.D.
TYP 4
10.75 (273.1)
LPS HM Configuration
Front View
LPS HM Configuration
Side View
LPS Horizontal Mount Flange
Front View
WPS/WPSA (With Pressure Switch)
4.0 (101.6) 3.5 (88.9)
Panel Cutout 14.5 (368.3)
15 (381)
4.0 (101.6)
1.0 (25.4)
3.38 (85.7)
Panel
Cutout
8 (203.2)
0.63 (15.9)
14 (355.6)
Z
7.5 (190.5)
0.25 ( 6.4) O.D
TYP 4
15 (381)
WPS/WPSA HM Configuration
Front View
WPS/WPSA HM Configuration
Side View
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
WPS/WPSA Horizontal Mount
Flange Front View
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
57
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Typical Model 3004 System Installation Details
External to the Protected Enclosure
Internal to the Protected Enclosure
Flange Mount HM Configuration
with Model SMK-1 Fastener Kit
Panel Mount CK Configuration
with Model RCF-8 Remote Cube Filter
& Model GCK Gauge Conversion Kit
Enclosure Reference Tubing,
Customer Supplied
Enclosure
Protection
System
System Supply Inlet
Fitting SC-8 or NC-8
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent EPV-4
Enclosure Supply Inlet
Fitting SC-8 or NC-8
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
3000
SERIES
Enclosure Supply
Fitting EFC-8
Start-up Instruction
Nameplate
Atmospheric Reference
Bulkhead Fitting PRB-4
System Supply Tubing,
Customer Supplied
Enclosure Reference
Fitting EFC-4
Enclosure Pressure
Indicator w/GCK
Installed
Atmospheric Reference
Tubing, customer
supplied
System Pneumatic
Manifold
System Supply
Inlet Fitting
SC-8 or NC-8
Pressurized
(Protected)
Enclosure
System Mounting Kit
SMK-1
Optional Accessory
Remote Cube Filter
Model RCF-8
shown mounted to the
Protected Enclosure
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent EPV-4
System Supply Tubing,
Customer Supplied
Pressurized
(Protected)
Enclosure
Optional Enclosure
Supply Outlet Fitting
SC-8 or NC-8
Enclosure Supply
Tubing, customer
supplied, used to direct
protective gas to the
extreme opposite corner
from the enclosure
protection vent
Standard and Panel Mount Pneumatic Installation Diagram
Standard Pneumatic Installation Diagram
See panel mounting conversion
procedure on page 60
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent
Enclosure
Pressure Gauge
System
Supply
Sintered
Vent
PRB-4
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve
Rapid Exchange®
Pressure Gauge
Inlet
Supply
Enclosure Pressure
Control Valve
Enclosure
Regulator
Panel Mount Installation Diagram
System
Supply
WPS Style EXP
Pressure Switch
Enclosure
Pressure Gauge
Sintered
Vent
Required Enclosure
Protection Vent
Sintered
Vent
Reference
Venturi Orifice
Rapid Exchange®
Pressure Gauge
Inlet
Warning
Nameplate
Supply
Regulator
58
Rapid Exchange®
Control Valve
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Enclosure Pressure
Control Valve
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
Enclosure
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
VM Configuration Mounting Options
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-VML
Flange Mounted to
Vertical 2" Pipe Stand with
Model PMK-1 Fastener Kit
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-VM
Frame or Panel* Mounted
Through Cutout in Suitable Surface
with Model SMK-6m Fastener Kit
HM Configuration Mounting Options
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-HMT
Flange Mounted to
Flat Horizontal Surface with
Model SMK-1 Fastener Kit
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-HMB
Flange Mounted to
Horizontal 2" Pipe Stand with
Model PMK-1 Fastener Kit
3000
SERIES
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-VML
Flange Mounted to
Flat Vertical Surface with
Model SMK-1 Fastener Kit
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-HM
Frame or Panel* Mounted
Through Cutout in Suitable Surface
with Model SMK-6m Fastener Kit
CK Configuration Mounting Options
Front View
Rear View
Model 3004-LPS-CI-YZ-CK
Rear View of Frame or Panel* Mount
Through Cutout in Suitable Surface with supplied fasteners
* PANEL MOUNTED SYSTEMS REQUIRE A PEPPERL+FUCHS MODEL GCK FOR PROPER OPERATION - SEE PAGE 60
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
59
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
Model 3004 Panel Mount Conversion
System Specifications
1.Secure one Model GCK Conversion
Kit, kit includes a PRB-4 & SC-2
Fitting & Enclosure Pressure
Gauge gasket.
2.Remove venturi orifice and run tee
from the high port of the gauge
Low
and discard.
Port
3.Remove sintered vent from low port.
4.Reinstall sintered vent into high port.
5. Install Model SC-2 fitting into low port.
SC-2
6. Install Gauge gasket between gauge
Sintered Vent
& mounting surface.
PRB-4
7.Install Model PRB-4 fitting through
Standard
Panel Mount
enclosure surface (vent end out) and
Configuration
Configuration
connect tubing (customer supplied)
(prior to conversion) (after conversion)
between SC-2 & PRB-4.
System Dimensions:
See pages 56-57
Shipping Weight:
LPS-12 lb (5.4 kg)
WPS-17 lb (7.7 kg)
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F (-29 ºC to +49 ºC)
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi (5.5 -8.3 bar)
Capacity & Filtration:
8.5 oz @ 40 Micron
Supply Requirements:
clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25" (6.35 mm)
Safe Press. Flow Rate: * 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH (2.8 - 99 l /hr)
Exchange Pressure:
* 3" - 5" (76.2mm - 127 mm)
Exchange Flow Rate:
** 30 SCFM /1800 SCFH
(850 l /m / 50976 l /hr)
Exchange Time:
4 Volume Exchange Rate: 1 min / 7.5 ft3 (212.4 l /m)
5 Volume Exchange Rate: 1 min / 6.0 ft3 (169.9 l /m)
System Supply Port:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Supply Port:
1/2" FPT
1/4" Tube
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
Switch Setting (WPS & WPSA Only): 0.15" ± 0.02"
(3.81 mm ± 0.51 mm)
Switch Conduit Port Size:
1/2"FPT
Switch Contact Ratings:
120 VAC @ 15 A
WPS Style:
Venturi
Orifice
Type Y, Z & Ex [pz]
3000
SERIES
Run
Tee
High
Port
Sintered
Vent
Material Specifications
Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle & Bowl*:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Rapid Exchange® Gauge:
Tube Fitting:
Tubing:
Fastener Hardware:
System Face Plate:
System Mounting Flange:
Manifold Body:
Manifold Valves:
Mfr. ID Nameplate:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
EXP Pressure Switch Body: Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w / Enamel Finish
Poly & Nickel Plated
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
Alum. & Stainless Steel
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
316 SS Tumble Finish
Anodized Aluminum
316 Stainless Steel
Silkscreen Lexan®
Silk screened SS
Anodized Cast Aluminum
* Refers to filter bowl supplied with VM mounting configuration.
WPSA Style: *** 120/220 VAC, 24 VDC @ 10 A; 125 VDC @ 50 mA
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement:24 / 120 / 240 VDC @ 3 /4 /11 watts
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 60 psi min. during exchange
*** Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
Model Number Designations
3004 - LPS - CI - YZ - VM - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
LPS - less pressure switch
†
WPS- with pressure switch
WPSA - with pressure switch
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2
Div. 2 / Zone 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
VML - vertical mount left
left of enclosure
VMR - vertical mount right
right of enclosure
HMT
- horizontal mount top
top of enclosure
HMB - horizontal mount bottom bottom of enclosure
CK - Component Kit - LPS style only
## - See Accessories Page 131 for additional
factory installed accessories
† Does not have ATEX certification
Model 3004 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
PMK-1
Pipe Mounting Kit
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
GCK
Gauge Conversion Kit
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
ILF-8
1/2" In-Line Filter Kit
EPV-4-SA-00
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
RCF-8
1/2" Remote Cube Filter
EPV-4-SA-90 Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
EPSK-1
Explosion Proof
WARNING NAMEPLATES
Switch Kit (GRP C, D)
EWN-1
Class I Enclosure Warning
EPSK-1A
Explosion Proof
ETW
Enclosure Temperature Warning
Switch Kit (GRP A-D)
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
GPSK-1
General-purpose Switch Kit
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
129-0216
Inst. & Operation Manual
RAH
Remote
Alarm
Horn
SMK-1
System Mounting Kit - Flange
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
SMK-6m System Mounting Kit - Frame/Panel
RAB-2
Div. 2 Remote Alarm Beacon
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-8
1/2" T x 1/2" P Ninety Connector
SC-8 1/2" T x 1/2" P Straight Connector
EFC-4
1/4" Flush Connector
EBC-4
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
EFC-8
1/2" Flush Connector
EBC-8
1/2" Bulkhead Connector
EPC-14
1 1/2" Pipe Connector
60
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Introduction
For Class I/Zone 1
and Class II Hazardous Areas
Type X, Ex [px] systems change a Division 1 hazardous
area to nonhazardous, enabling general-purpose equipment
to be used in a hazardous area. Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco EPS
Type X, Ex [px] systems are operating systems that allow
full control of the purging, pressurization and monitoring
of the pressure before and after purging. This eliminates
the guesswork of purging and operation of the system.
Type X, Ex [px]
Purge and pressurization Systems
Type X
Systems
Type X, Ex [px] systems operate by forcing air or an
inert gas through the enclosure for a specified time
until all of the hazardous gas is removed. This creates
a positive pressure which is maintained by either a
continuous or compensating flow of air through the
enclosure. The positive pressure keeps the hazardous gas
outside the enclosure. If the pressure inside the enclosure
drops below a minimum value, the power switches off
and the purge sequence begins again.
For more information on purge and pressurization
regulations, refer to NFPA 496 Purged and Pressurized
Enclosures for Electrical Equipment Edition and ISA-12.4
Instrument Purging for Reduction of Hazardous
Area Classification.
Class I/Zone 1
During startup, the pressure within the enclosure is at
atmospheric pressure and contains hazardous gases.
This hazardous atmosphere must be purged with air or an
inert gas for at least 4 times the volume (5 times for ATEX
requirements) of the enclosure (a motor must be purged ten
times its volume) while maintaining a pressure of at least
0.2" water column. Pepperl+Fuchs Type X, Ex [px] systems
exceed the NFPA minimum standards by maintaining 0.25"
water column for ATEX requirements when applicable. After
purging, the differential pressure must be at least 0.2" water
column. The equipment cannot be energized until these
conditions are met. Power automatically shuts off if the
differential pressure inside the enclosure falls below 0.2".
The system reenergizes only when the integrity of the air
lock is restored and the purging cycle is successfully completed.
Class II/Zone 21 Applications
The hazard in a Class II/Zone 21 application is potentially
flammable dust. During startup, the area inside the
enclosure is at atmospheric pressure and is considered
flammable. After the dust is removed and the enclosure
is sealed, a protective gas pressurizes the enclosure to
at least 0.5" water column. At this point, the enclosure
is safe and equipment inside can be energized. Type X
systems must deenergize power to the enclosure when the
differential pressure falls below the minimum requirement.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Features
•Certified for Class I and Class II, Division I;
Zone 1 / Zone 21 to nonhazardous
•LED display indicators programmable
via user-interface
•Enclosure size up to 450 cubic feet
•EPCU (electronic power control unit) monitors
system operation and controls enclosure power
•EPCU logic module can accommodate intrinsic
safety barrier (standard on 6000 series, optional
on 2000 series)
•NFPA standard 496, ISA standard 12.4 and, on
6000 series only, certified to the ATEX standards,
IEC 61508 SIL 2 with SIL 3 option
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
61
Table of Contents
Type X Systems (2000 Series)
2001A: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 2 ft3 and Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤10 ft3................................63
2001B: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 50 ft3 ...........................................................................................67
2001C: Class II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 250 ft3..........................................................................................71
2002: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 15 ft3 ...............................................................................................75
2003: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 75 ft3................................................................................................79
2004: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 200 ft3..............................................................................................83
2005: Class I Enclosure Volumes ≤ 450 ft3..............................................................................................87
Type X, Ex [px] Systems (6000 Series)
6000 Series: Class I & II Enclosure Volumes ≤ 250 ft3 (7.1 m3)................................................................91
62
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
Class I (≤ 2 ft 3) and Class II ( ≤ 10 ft 3)
Description
Model 2001A
Model 2001A is a pressurization or purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert
gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to prevent combustible
dust accumulation or remove and prevent flammable
gas or vapor accumulations. In Class II areas, the system
maintains a "safe" (1.0") pressure. In Class I areas, the
system accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a
"safe" (0.25") pressure. In addition, the system includes an
electrical power control unit (EPCU) that monitors system
operation and controls enclosure power. All start-up
requirements must be satisfied before the EPCU will
energize power to the enclosure(s). These processes
reduce the hazardous (classified) area rating within the
enclosure(s), in accordance with the NEC - NFPA 70,
Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
2000
SERIES
Type X
Basic Operation
In accordance with system instructions, start-up
requires the air supply to be engaged and EPCU power
to be energized. In Class II areas, all dust must be
removed from the enclosure(s). The enclosure protection
vent (if used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be
sealed. The EPCU power control switch must be activated
and the system will self-test. The enclosure pressure
control regulator is then used to set a safe reading on the
enclosure pressure gauge. In Class II areas, power
will energize shortly after safe pressure is stable. In Class I
areas, the system must perform an exchange cycle
(determined by the safe pressure flow rate—five minutes
minimum) before power can be energized. Loss of safe
pressure causes the EPCU to deenergize power to the
protected enclosure(s). All systems include form "C"
contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
STD Style
(Standard)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: 2001A-CI Type X
Designation:
Purging System
Enclosure Volume:
2 ft3 max.
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D*
Rating Reduction:
Div.1to
Nonhazardous
Model Number: 2001A-CII Type X
Designation: Pressurization System
Enclosure Volume:
10 ft3 max.
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. II, Div. 1, Group E-G
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
*Only FM Certified Group B System Available
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
63
Type X
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System Specifications
Regulator
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
EPCU
Pressure
Reference
Tubing
Mounting
Plate
Flame
Arrestor
Fitting
STD Style
Venturi
Orifice
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Type X
2000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Tube Fittings:
Tubing:
System Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Mounting Plate:
EPCU Enclosure Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
Silkscreened Lexan® & SS
SS Screws & Bolts
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Bead Blast Cast Alum.
Silkscreened SS
Lexan is a registered trademark of the General Electric Corporation
®
System Dimensions:
See Page 66
Shipping Weight:
38 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
* 5 - 120 psi max.
Clean air or inert gas
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. Setpoint (CI/CII):
0.25"/1.0"
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Class I Exchange Time:
*** As required
System Supply Port:
1/4" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
EPCU Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
EPCU Power Requirements:
120 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø
(European 240 voltage only)
240 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø
(All voltage ratings are factory set)
EPCU Power Consumption:
500 mA
Power Relay Contacts:
20 A @ 240 VAC 20 A @ 28 VDC **** 20 A @ 48 VDC
20 A @ 240 VAC
Alarm Relay N.O. Contact:
20 A @ 28 VDC
Alarm Relay N.C. Contact:
15 A @ 240 VAC
10 A @ 2 VDC
* With EPV-1 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without Vent must be equipped with
tamperproof regulator set to 5 psi max.
** Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
*** Time required to exchange 4 volumes within the
enclosure(s), based on actual measured safe pressure
flow rate or 5 minutes, whichever is greater
EPCU Description
Simplified EPCU Redundant Logic Diagram
(2)
OPERATION
EPR
GAL
CLK
FAIL
PRC
Signal (1) from SPS is sent to
µP, GAL and SPCR coil. During
start-up, GAL verifies all µP
functions. GAL & µP must
receive uninterrupted signal
from SPS to prevent logic
resetting. After GAL verifies
all start-up procedures, it
sends "power enabled" signal
(2) to PER coil. Then, µP sends
"power request" signal (3)
through the SPCR and PER
contacts to EPR coils.
SPS
µP
PER
(3)
SPCR
EPR
(1)
SPS
GAL
µP
PER
SPCR
EPR
- SAFE PRESSURE SWITCH
- GATE ARRAY LOGIC
-MICROPROCESSOR
- POWER ENABLED RELAY
- SAFE PRESSURE CONFIRMATION RELAY
- ENCLOSURE POWER RELAY
Electrical Wiring Diagram
Isolated
Enclosure
Power Relays
Field Wired
Power Module
Terminals
20 A
FUSES
1
2
3
EPCU Power
Supply Terminals
120 VAC
240 VAC (Optional Voltage)
64
Isolated
Alarm
Relay
Gnd
Gnd
Hot Neu
Hot Neu
4
5
6
7
In
Out
In
Out
8
9 10
The Pepperl+Fuchs 2000 Series EPCU is a factory
programmed, field adjustable, microprocessor controlled
unit featuring full status indication, redundant gate
array logic and electromechanical relays. The EPCU is
constructed from four major items: (1) a power module,
(2) a pressure switch module, (3) a logic module and
(4) a power mode selector switch. The sections are
linked with polarized cable, and the boards are stacked
in the EPCU enclosure on standoffs.
Basic EPCU Operation
When power is "off", the EPCU is at rest, alarm and
power relays are deenergized, and the LED display is
off. When power is switched "on", the EPCU performs
a self-test of LED display and logic functions. The unit
will then start-up. Class II units must detect a 0.50"
pressure to energize the alarm relay. The enclosure
power relays energize after a brief delay. Class I units
must detect a 0.25" pressure to energize the alarm
relay and begin an exchange cycle. When the cycle
stops, the power relays will energize. Loss of safe
pressure on either unit causes alarm and power relays
to deenergize (see power control options for more
information regarding EPCU operation).
Enclosure
NO Com NC
Power Supply
Terminals
Remote Alarm
Relay Terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
EPCU Logic Module
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Primary
Microprocessor
EPCU Features
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
LED DISPLAY INDICATORS
Enclosure Power Relays Deenergized
Power Off: Red
Enclosure Power Relays Energized
Power On: Green
Enclosure Pressure > 0.15" or 0.50" w.c.
Safe Pressure: Blue
Exchange Timer Active - Class I Only
Timer Running: Yellow
Enclosure Pressure < 0.15" or 0.50" w.c.
Alarm Active: Red
Control Bypass Active - CB Modes
Bypass Engaged: Green
Class I LED Displays
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Alarm & Bypass
Alarm Only
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
Space for Optional
Redundant Safe
Pressure Switch
Power Control Switch
Cable Header
Voltage Input
Selector
Header
(factory set
for 120 or
240 VAC
power)
Type X
Isolated Coil
Voltage Transformer
Class II LED Displays
Alarm Only
120/240 VAC EPCU Power Module
Voltage Regulators
Pressure Switch
Cable Header
Alarm & Bypass
FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIMER FUNCTIONS
RET (Rapid Exchange Timer) provides a time delay after safe
pressure is detected, to allow four volume exchanges prior to
energizing the enclosure power relays. In Class I areas only, if
safe pressure is lost during time delay cycle, EPCU will reset.
Logic Module
Cable Header
Redundant
Safe Pressure
Relay
NOTE: EDT & SLT timers not functional on Series 2001 Systems
RESV Relay
20 A Alarm
Relay
RESV Factory
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Relays
NORMAL RUNNING (NR) MODE
EPCU features an on-off pushbutton power control switch to
activate control functions. Switch must be depressed to initiate
start-up. After completion of start-up, safe pressure must be lost
or switch must be depressed to deenergize enclosure power relays.
Input Fuse
20 A Enclosure
Power Fuse
Power Module
Wiring Terminal
Assembled Electrical
Power Control Unit
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
2000
SERIES
Power Control Options
CONDITIONAL BYPASS (CB) MODE
EPCU features an off-on-bypass power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be set to "on" position to initiate start-up.
After enclosure power is energized, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be set to "off" position to deenergize enclosure power.
After enclosure power is energized, switch may be set to "bypass"
position to temporarily latch enclosure power relays. A flashing
LED then indicates bypass engaged, and the enclosure can then
be accessed without deenergizing power (performed under specific
conditions). Following access, safe pressure must be reestablished
to resume normal operation. At that time, the switch may be reset
to the "on" position without disruption of enclosure power. Alarm
relay normally deenergizes only upon loss of safe pressure, but
can be programmed to deenergize when bypass is engaged, if
specified at time of order.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
65
Type X
System Accessories Diagram
Model Number Designations
1/4" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-4
Mounting Kit
SMK-2
or
SMK-3
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-1-SA...
Type X
2000
SERIES
Warning Nameplate
EWN-__
(Included with Panel)
(EPV vent not required
when using the TR-10G
tamperproof regulator
as redundancy)
2001A - STD - CI - NR - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
STD
- Standard
Area Classification
CI - Class I, Group C & D Area
CII - Class II, Group E, F & G Area
IB - Class I, Group B Area
Power Control Mode
NR- Normal Running
CB- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM* - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM* - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
Flush mount EPCU is not suitable for Group B Area.
## - See Accessories Page 132 for additional
factory installed accessories
OPTIONAL INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
The EPCU Logic Module can accommodate up to three intrinsic safety barriers to interact with
remote devices and affect operation of the EPCU. The barriers are installed and programmed by
the factory at time of order, and they are designed to function either in conjunction with a customer
furnished switch and a Pepperl+Fuchs furnished resistor network cable, or a Pepperl+Fuchs
furnished proximity detector. Each barrier develops a low power signal to create a two-wire
closed-loop circuit. Operational status of each barrier is indicated by a green LED to show active
(closed switch) status, and by a red LED to show faulted (line breakage) cable status. All barriers
can be reprogrammed to duplicate other barrier functions as required, upon specific request.
BARRIER PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Barrier A Function - when switch opens
Disables start-up cycle
Deenergizes enclosure power and alarm relay
Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Barrier B Function - when switch opens
Not programmed - custom applications only
Barrier C Function - when switch closes
Energizes RESV relay - custom applications only
Model 2001A System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EBC-4
EPC-10
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
1/2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
LLF
1/4" Filter
SMK-2, -3 or -10
System Mounting Kit
RAH
Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
L Fitting Conduit Kit
LCK
TCK
T Fitting Conduit Kit
SRM-4000
NJ...
Switch Resistor Module
P+F Namur Sensor
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
EWN-2
ETW
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0208
Inst. & Operation Manual
FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
EPV-1-SA-00
EPV-1-SA-90
IS1
IS2
IS3
RP1
L
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
OPTIONAL HEX KEY REGULATOR HANDLE
TR-10G
Class I Enclosure Warning
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
Tamperproof Regulator
Channel A Barrier
Channel B Barrier
Channel C Barrier
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
Power Switch Key Lock Assembly
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
`
STD
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM or PM - flat panel
Height
20
20
10.50
10.50
20
22
Width
11
11
20.75
20.75
11
13
Depth
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
12.50
11.25
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 21h x 12w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
66
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
Class II ( ≤ 50 ft 3)
Description
Model 2001B
Model 2001B is a pressurization system that operates
on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert gas. It
regulates and monitors pressure within sealed (protected)
enclosure(s), in order to prevent combustible dust
accumulation. Intended exclusively for Class II areas,
the system is designed to maintain a "safe" (1.0") pressure.
In addition, the system includes an electrical power control
unit (EPCU) that monitors system operation and controls
enclosure power. All start-up requirements must be
satisfied before the EPCU will energize power to the
enclosure(s). This process reduces the hazardous
(classified) area rating within the enclosure(s), in accordance
with the NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA
12.4.
2000
SERIES
Basic Operation
Type X
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
the air supply to be engaged and EPCU power to be
energized. The operator is then required to remove all dust
from the protected enclosure(s). The enclosure protection
vent (if used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be
sealed. The EPCU power control switch must be activated
and the system will self-test. The enclosure pressure control
regulator is used to set a safe reading on the enclosure
pressure gauge. The enclosure power will energize after
a brief pause, when safe pressure is stable. Loss of safe
pressure causes the EPCU to deenergize power to the
protected enclosure(s). The system includes form "C"
contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
STD Style
(Standard)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
2001B-CII Type X
Pressurization System
50 ft3 max.
Cl. II, Div. 1, Group E-G
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
67
Type X
System Specifications
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Regulator
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
EPCU
Pressure
Reference
Tubing
Mounting
Plate
Flame
Arrestor
Fitting
Venturi
Orifice
STD Style
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Type X
2000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Tube Fittings:
Tubing:
System Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Mounting Plate:
EPCU Enclosure Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
Silkscreened Lexan® & SS
SS Screws & Bolts
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Bead Blast Cast Alum.
Silkscreened SS
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Corporation
Simplified EPCU Redundant Logic Diagram
(2)
OPERATION
EPR
GAL
CLK
FAIL
PRC
Signal (1) from SPS is sent to
µP, GAL and SPCR coil. During
start-up, GAL verifies all µP
functions. GAL & µP must
receive uninterrupted signal
from SPS to prevent logic
resetting. After GAL verifies
all start-up procedures, it
sends "power enabled" signal
(2) to PER coil. Then, µP sends
"power request" signal (3)
through the SPCR and PER
contacts to EPR coils.
SPS
µP
PER
(3)
SPCR
SPS
GAL
µP
PER
SPCR
EPR
With EPV-3 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min. Systems installed without Vent must be equipped with tamperproof regulator set to 5 psi max.
**
Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
EPCU Description
The Pepperl+Fuchs 2000 Series EPCU is a factory
programmed, field adjustable, microprocessor controlled
unit featuring full status indication, redundant gate
array logic and electromechanical relays. The EPCU is
constructed from four major items: (1) a power module,
(2) a pressure switch module, (3) a logic module and
(4) a power mode selector switch. The sections are
linked with polarized cable, and the boards are stacked
in the EPCU enclosure on standoffs.
EPR
Basic EPCU Operation
- SAFE PRESSURE SWITCH
- GATE ARRAY LOGIC
-MICROPROCESSOR
- POWER ENABLED RELAY
- SAFE PRESSURE CONFIRMATION RELAY
- ENCLOSURE POWER RELAY
Isolated
Enclosure
Power Relays
Field Wired
Power Module
Terminals
Isolated
Alarm
Relay
When power is "off", the EPCU is at rest, alarm and
power relays are deenergized, and the LED display is
off. When power is switched "on", the EPCU performs
a self-test of LED display and logic functions. The unit
will then start-up. Class II units must detect a 0.50"
pressure to energize the alarm relay. The enclosure
power relays energize after a brief delay. Loss of safe
pressure on the unit causes alarm and power relays to
deenergize (see power control options for more
information regarding EPCU operation).
20 A
FUSES
1
2
3
EPCU Power
Supply Terminals
68
*
(1)
Electrical Wiring Diagram
120 VAC
240 VAC (Optional Voltage)
System Dimensions:
See Page 70
Shipping Weight:
38 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
* 5 - 120 psi max.
Clean air or inert gas
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. Setpoint:
1.0" @ Safe Press.
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
System Supply Port:
3/8" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
3/8" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
EPCU Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
EPCU Power Requirements:
120 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø
(European 220 voltage only)
240 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø
(All voltage ratings are factory set)
EPCU Power Consumption:
500 mA
20 A @ 240 VAC Power Relay Contacts:
20 A @ 28 VDC *** 20 A @ 48 VDC
Alarm Relay N.O. Contact:
20 A @ 240 VAC
20 A @ 28 VDC
15 A @ 240 VAC
Alarm Relay N.C. Contact:
10 A @ 28 VDC
Gnd
Gnd
Hot Neu
Hot Neu
4
5
6
7
In
Out
In
Out
8
9 10
Enclosure
NO Com NC
Power Supply
Terminals
Remote Alarm
Relay Terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
EPCU Logic Module
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Primary
Microprocessor
EPCU Features
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
LED DISPLAY INDICATORS
Power Off: Red Enclosure Power Relays Deenergized
Power On: Green
Enclosure Power Relays Energized
Safe Pressure: Blue
Enclosure Pressure > 0.50" w.c.
Alarm Active: Red
Enclosure Pressure < 0.50" w.c.
Bypass Engaged: Green
Control Bypass Active - CB Modes
Class II LED Displays
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Alarm Only
Space for Optional
Redundant Safe
Pressure Switch
Alarm & Bypass
FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIMER FUNCTIONS
RET, EDT & SLT timers not functional on Model 2001B Systems
Power Control Options
120/240 VAC EPCU Power Module
Isolated Coil
Voltage Transformer
Power Control Switch
Cable Header
Voltage Input
Selector
Header
(factory set
for 120 or
240 VAC
power)
Voltage Regulators
Pressure Switch
Cable Header
Logic Module
Cable Header
Redundant
Safe Pressure
Relay
Input Fuse
RESV Relay
20 A Alarm
Relay
RESV Factory
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Relays
20 A Enclosure
Power Fuse
Power Module
Wiring Terminal
2000
SERIES
Type X
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
NORMAL RUNNING (NR) MODE
EPCU features an on-off pushbutton power control switch to
activate control functions. Switch must be depressed to initiate
start-up. After completion of start-up, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be depressed to deenergize enclosure power relays.
CONDITIONAL BYPASS (CB) MODE
EPCU features an off-on-bypass power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be set to "on" position to initiate start-up.
After enclosure power is energized, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be set to "off" position to deenergize enclosure power.
After enclosure power is energized, switch may be set to "bypass"
position to temporarily latch enclosure power relays. A flashing LED
then indicates bypass engaged, and the enclosure can be accessed
without deenergizing power (performed under specific conditions).
Following access, safe pressure must be reestablished to resume
normal operation. At that time, the switch may be reset to the "on"
position without disruption of enclosure power. Alarm relay normally
deenergizes only upon loss of safe pressure, but can be programmed
to deenergize when bypass is engaged, if specified at time of order.
Assembled Electrical
Power Control Unit
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
69
Type X
System Accessories Diagram
Model Number Designations
3/8" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-6
Mounting Kit
SMK-2
or
SMK-3
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-3-SA...
Warning Nameplate
EWN-2
(Included with Panel)
Type X
2000
SERIES
2001B - STD - CII - NR - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
STD
- Standard
Area Classification
CII - Class II, Group E, F & G Area
Power Control Mode
NR- Normal Running
CB- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM* - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM* - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
## - See Accessories Page 132 for additional
factory installed accessories
OPTIONAL INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
The EPCU Logic Module can accommodate up to three intrinsic safety barriers to interact with
remote devices and affect operation of the EPCU. The barriers are installed and programmed by
the factory at time of order, and they are designed to function either in conjunction with a customer
furnished switch and a Pepperl+Fuchs furnished resistor network cable, or a Pepperl+Fuchs
furnished proximity detector. Each barrier develops a low power signal to create a two-wire
closed-loop circuit. Operational status of each barrier is indicated by a green LED to show active
(closed switch) status, and by a red LED to show faulted (line breakage) cable status. All barriers
can be reprogrammed to duplicate other barrier functions as required, upon specific request.
BARRIER PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Barrier A Function - when switch opens
Disables start-up cycle
Deenergizes enclosure power and alarm relay
Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Barrier B Function - when switch opens
Not programmed - custom applications only
Barrier C Function - when switch closes
Energizes RESV relay - custom applications only
Model 2001B System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EFC-6
EBC-6
EPC-13
1/4" Flush Connector
3/8" Flush Connector
3/8" Bulkhead Connector
1" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2, -3 or -10
System Mounting Kit
RAH
Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
LCK
L Fitting Conduit Kit
TCK
T Fitting Conduit Kit
SRM-4000
NJ...
Switch Resistor Module
P+F Namur Sensor
FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES
IS1
IS2
IS3
RP1
L
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0209
Inst. & Operation Manual
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
EPV-3-SA-00
EPV-3-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
Channel A Barrier
Channel B Barrier
Channel C Barrier
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
Power Switch Key Lock Assembly
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-2
ETW
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
`
STD
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM or PM - flat panel
Height
20
20
10.50
10.50
20
22
Width
11
11
20.75
20.75
11
13
Depth
10.75
10.75
10.75
10.75
12.50
11.50
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 21h x 12w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
70
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
Class II ( ≤ 250 ft 3)
Description
Model 2001C
Model 2001C is a pressurization system that operates
on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert gas. It
regulates and monitors pressure within sealed (protected)
enclosure(s), in order to prevent combustible dust
accumulation. Intended exclusively for Class II areas,
the system is designed to maintain a "safe" (1.0") pressure.
In addition, the system includes an electrical power control
unit (EPCU) that monitors system operation and controls
enclosure power. All start-up requirements must be
satisfied before the EPCU will energize power to the
enclosure(s). This process reduces the hazardous
(classified) area rating within the enclosure(s), in accordance
with the NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA
12.4.
2000
SERIES
Basic Operation
Type X
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
the air supply to be engaged and EPCU power to be
energized. The operator is then required to remove all dust
from the protected enclosure(s). The enclosure protection
vent (if used) must be tested and enclosure(s) must be
sealed. The EPCU power control switch must be activated
and the system will self-test. The enclosure pressure control
regulator is used to set a safe reading on the enclosure
pressure gauge. The enclosure power will energize after
a brief pause, when safe pressure is stable. Loss of safe
pressure causes the EPCU to deenergize power to the
protected enclosure(s). The system includes form "C"
contacts for audible or visual alarm systems.
STD Style
(Standard)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
2001C-CII Type X
Pressurization System
250 ft3 max.
Cl. II, Div. 1, Group E-G
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
71
Type X
System Specifications
System
Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Regulator
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
EPCU
Pressure
Reference
Tubing
Mounting
Plate
Flame
Arrestor
Fitting
Venturi
Orifice
STD Style
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Type X
2000
SERIES
Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Tube Fittings:
Tubing:
System Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Mounting Plate:
EPCU Enclosure Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
Silkscreened Lexan® & SS
SS Screws & Bolts
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Bead Blast Cast Alum.
Silkscreened SS
System Dimensions:
See Page 74
Shipping Weight:
38 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
* 5 - 120 psi max.
Clean air or inert gas
Supply Requirements:
Safe Press. Setpoint:
1.0" @ Safe Press.
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
** 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
System Supply Port:
1/2" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/2" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
EPCU Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
EPCU Power Requirements:
120 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø
(European 220 voltage only)
240 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø
(All voltage ratings are factory set)
EPCU Power Consumption:
500 mA
20 A @ 240 VAC Power Relay Contacts:
20 A @ 28 VDC *** 20 A @ 48 VDC
Alarm Relay N.O. Contact:
20 A @ 240 VAC
20 A @ 28 VDC
15 A @ 240 VAC
Alarm Relay N.C. Contact:
10 A @ 28 VDC
*
With EPV-4 Vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without Vent must be equipped with tamperproof regulator set to 5 psi max.
**
Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Corporation
EPCU Description
Simplified EPCU Redundant Logic Diagram
(2)
OPERATION
EPR
GAL
CLK
FAIL
PRC
Signal (1) from SPS is sent to
µP, GAL and SPCR coil. During
start-up, GAL verifies all µP
functions. GAL & µP must
receive uninterrupted signal
from SPS to prevent logic
resetting. After GAL verifies
all start-up procedures, it
sends "power enabled" signal
(2) to PER coil. Then, µP sends
"power request" signal (3)
through the SPCR and PER
contacts to EPR coils.
SPS
µP
PER
(3)
SPCR
EPR
Basic EPCU Operation
(1)
SPS
GAL
µP
PER
SPCR
EPR
- SAFE PRESSURE SWITCH
- GATE ARRAY LOGIC
-MICROPROCESSOR
- POWER ENABLED RELAY
- SAFE PRESSURE CONFIRMATION RELAY
- ENCLOSURE POWER RELAY
Electrical Wiring Diagram
Isolated
Enclosure
Power Relays
Field Wired
Power Module
Terminals
2
3
EPCU Power
Supply Terminals
72
Isolated
Alarm
Relay
When power is "off", the EPCU is at rest, alarm and
power relays are deenergized, and the LED display is
off. When power is switched "on", the EPCU performs
a self-test of LED display and logic functions. The unit
will then start-up. Class II units must detect a 0.50"
pressure to energize the alarm relay. The enclosure
power relays energize after a brief delay. Loss of safe
pressure on the unit causes alarm and power relays
to deenergize (see power control options for more
information regarding EPCU operation).
20 A
FUSES
1
120 VAC
240 VAC (Optional Voltage)
The Pepperl+Fuchs 2000 Series EPCU is a factory
programmed, field adjustable, microprocessor controlled
unit featuring full status indication, redundant gate
array logic and electromechanical relays. The EPCU is
constructed from four major items: (1) a power module,
(2) a pressure switch module, (3) a logic module and
(4) a power mode selector switch. The sections are
linked with polarized cable, and the boards are stacked
in the EPCU enclosure on standoffs.
Gnd
Gnd
Hot Neu
Hot Neu
4
5
6
7
In
Out
In
Out
8
9 10
Enclosure
NO Com NC
Power Supply
Terminals
Remote Alarm
Relay Terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
EPCU Logic Module
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Primary
Microprocessor
EPCU Features
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
LED DISPLAY INDICATORS
Power Off: Red
Enclosure Power Relays Deenergized
Power On: Green
Enclosure Power Relays Energized
Safe Pressure: Blue
Enclosure Pressure > 0.50" w.c.
Alarm Active: Red
Enclosure Pressure < 0.50" w.c.
Bypass Engaged: Green
Control Bypass Active - CB Modes
Class II LED Displays
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Space for Optional
Redundant Safe
Pressure Switch
Alarm Only
Alarm & Bypass
FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIMER FUNCTIONS
RET, EDT & SLT timers not functional on Model 2001B Systems
Power Control Options
120/240 VAC EPCU Power Module
Isolated Coil
Voltage Transformer
Power Control Switch
Cable Header
Voltage Input
Selector
Header
(factory set
for 120 or
240 VAC
power)
Voltage Regulators
Pressure Switch
Cable Header
Logic Module
Cable Header
Redundant
Safe Pressure
Relay
Input Fuse
RESV Relay
20 A Alarm
Relay
RESV Factory
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Relays
20 A Enclosure
Power Fuse
2000
SERIES
Type X
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
NORMAL RUNNING (NR) MODE
EPCU features an on-off pushbutton power control switch to
activate control functions. Switch must be depressed to initiate
start-up. After completion of start-up, safe pressure must be lost
or switch must be depressed to deenergize enclosure power relays.
CONDITIONAL BYPASS (CB) MODE
EPCU features an off-on-bypass power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be set to "on" position to initiate start-up.
After enclosure power is energized, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be set to "off" position to deenergize enclosure power.
After enclosure power is energized, switch may be set to "bypass"
position to temporarily latch enclosure power relays. A flashing LED
then indicates bypass engaged, and the enclosure can be accessed
without deenergizing power (performed under specific conditions).
Following access, safe pressure must be reestablished to resume
normal operation. At that time, the switch may be reset to the "on"
position without disruption of enclosure power. Alarm relay normally
deenergizes only upon loss of safe pressure, but can be programmed
to deenergize when bypass is engaged, if specified at time of order.
Power Module
Wiring Terminal
Assembled Electrical
Power Control Unit
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
73
Type X
System Accessories Diagram
Model Number Designations
1/2" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-8
Mounting Kit
SMK-3
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-4-SA...
Warning Nameplate
EWN-2
(Included with Panel)
Type X
2000
SERIES
2001C - STD - CII - NR - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
STD
- Standard
Area Classification
CII - Class II, Group E, F & G Area
Power Control Mode
NR- Normal Running
CB- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM* - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM* - panel mount enclosure surface cutout
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
## - See Accessories Page 132 for additional
factory installed accessories
OPTIONAL INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
The EPCU Logic Module can accommodate up to three intrinsic safety barriers to interact with
remote devices and affect operation of the EPCU. The barriers are installed and programmed by
the factory at time of order, and they are designed to function either in conjunction with a customer
furnished switch and a Pepperl+Fuchs furnished resistor network cable, or a Pepperl+Fuchs
furnished proximity detector. Each barrier develops a low power signal to create a two-wire
closed-loop circuit. Operational status of each barrier is indicated by a green LED to show active
(closed switch) status, and by a red LED to show faulted (line breakage) cable status. All barriers
can be reprogrammed to duplicate other barrier functions as required, upon specific request.
BARRIER PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Barrier A Function - when switch opens
Disables start-up cycle
Deenergizes enclosure power and alarm relay
Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Barrier B Function - when switch opens
Not programmed - custom applications only
Barrier C Function - when switch closes
Energizes RESV relay - custom applications only
Model 2001C System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EFC-8
EBC-8
EPC-14
1/4" Flush Connector
1/2" Flush Connector
1/2" Bulkhead Connector
1-1/2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2, -3 or -10
System Mounting Kit
RAH
Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
LCK
L Fitting Conduit Kit
TCK
T Fitting Conduit Kit
SRM-4000
NJ...
Switch Resistor Module
P+F Namur Senor
FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES
IS1
IS2
IS3
RP1
L
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0210
Inst. & Operation Manual
OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
EPV-4-SA-00
EPV-4-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
Channel A Barrier
Channel B Barrier
Channel C Barrier
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
Power Switch Key Lock Assembly
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-2
ETW
Class II Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
`
STD
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM or PM - flat panel
Height
20
20
10.50
10.50
20
22
Width
11
11
20.75
20.75
11
13
Depth
10.75
10.75
10.75
10.75
12.50
11.50
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 21h x 12w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
74
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
Class I ( ≤ 15 ft 3)
Description
Model 2002
Model 2002 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert
gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-2 enclosure
protection vent is required for proper operation. In addition,
the system includes an electrical power control unit (EPCU)
that monitors system operation and controls enclosure
power. All start-up requirements must be satisfied before
the EPCU will energize power to the enclosure(s). This
process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
2000
SERIES
Basic Operation
Style Variances
STD (Standard) Style systems require manual operation
of the Rapid Exchange control valve.
SA (Semiautomatic) Style systems require manual
engagement of the Rapid Exchange control valve to initiate
the exchange cycle, but automatically disengages the valve
upon completion of the cycle. Loss of safe pressure requires
an operator to manually restart both systems above
FA (Fully Automatic) Style systems engage and disengage
the Rapid Exchange control valve automatically, after an
operator manually sets a safe pressure. In addition, FA
Style systems restart automatically after a power or air
pressure failure.
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs, Inc.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
the air supply to be engaged and EPCU power to be
energized. The enclosure protection vent must be tested
and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The EPCU power
control switch must be activated and the system will
self-test. The enclosure pressure control valve is used to
manually set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure
indicator. When safe pressure is stable, the Rapid
Exchange control valve is fully engaged by manual or
automatic means (dependent on System Style, see
below). Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle,
(five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve
disengages manually or automatically. Pressure returns
to the safe setting and enclosure power is energized by
the EPCU. Loss of safe pressure causes the EPCU to
deenergize power to the protected enclosure(s). All
systems include form "C" contacts for audible or visual
alarm systems.
STD Style
(Standard)
FA/SA Style
(Fully Automatic/Semiautomatic)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
2002 Type X
Purging System
15 ft3 max.
STD (Standard) Style
UL & FM Certified: Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D*
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
SA (Semiautomatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
FA (Fully Automatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
*Only FM Certified Group B System Available in STD Style
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
75
Type X
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Filter Regulator
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
Enclosure Supply
Outlet
Mounting Plate
RESV Conduit
EPCU Pressure
Reference Tubing
STD Style
Venturi Orifice
Flame Arrestor
(not visible)
Fitting
SA & FA Style
(with Rapid Exchange® Solenoid Valve)
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Type X
2000
SERIES
System Specifications
Rapid Exchange®
Solenoid Valve
Material Specifications
Filter Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Solenoid:
Tube Fittings & Valves:
Tubing:
System Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Mounting Plate:
EPCU Enclosure Body:
Conduit & Fittings (SA & FA):
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Brass w/Enamel Finish
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
Silkscreened Lexan® & SS
SS Screws & Bolts
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Bead Blast Cast Alum.
Galvanized Steel
Silkscreened SS
System Dimensions:
See Page 78
Shipping Weight (lb):
STD - 45 / SA & FA - 47
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi max.
1.5 oz @ 20 Microns
Capacity & Filtration:
Supply Requirements:
Clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25" @ Safe Press.
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
** 4 SCFM / 240 SCFH
Exchange Flow Rate:
Exchange Time:
1 Minute/ft3
System Supply Port:
1/4" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
EPCU Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
EPCU Power Requirements:
120 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø
(European 220 voltage only)
240 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø
(All voltage ratings are factory set)
EPCU Power Consumption:
500 mA
20 A @ 240 VAC Power Relay Contacts:
20 A @ 28 VDC *** 20 A @ 48 VDC
Alarm Relay N.O. Contact:
20 A @ 240 VAC
20 A @ 28 VDC
Alarm Relay N.C. Contact:
15 A @ 240 VAC
10 A @ 28 VDC
*
Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 60 psi min. during exchange
EPCU Description
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Corporation
Simplified EPCU Redundant Logic Diagram
(2)
OPERATION
EPR
GAL
CLK
FAIL
PRC
Signal (1) from SPS is sent to
µP, GAL and SPCR coil. During
start-up, GAL verifies all µP
functions. GAL & µP must
receive uninterrupted signal
from SPS to prevent logic
resetting. After GAL verifies
all start-up procedures, it
sends "power enabled" signal
(2) to PER coil. Then, µP sends
"power request" signal (3)
through the SPCR and PER
contacts to EPR coils.
SPS
µP
PER
(3)
SPCR
EPR
(1)
SPS
GAL
µP
PER
SPCR
EPR
- SAFE PRESSURE SWITCH
- GATE ARRAY LOGIC
-MICROPROCESSOR
- POWER ENABLED RELAY
- SAFE PRESSURE CONFIRMATION RELAY
- ENCLOSURE POWER RELAY
Electrical Wiring Diagram
Isolated
Enclosure
Power Relays
Field Wired
Power Module
Terminals
20 A
FUSES
1
2
3
EPCU Power
Supply Terminals
120 VAC
240 VAC (Optional Voltage)
76
Isolated
Alarm
Relay
Gnd
Gnd
Hot Neu
Hot Neu
4
5
6
7
In
Out
In
Out
8
The Pepperl+Fuchs 2000 Series EPCU is a factory
programmed, field adjustable, microprocessor controlled
unit featuring full status indication, redundant gate
array logic and electromechanical relays. The EPCU is
constructed from four major items: (1) a power module,
(2) a pressure switch module, (3) a logic module and
(4) a power mode selector switch. The sections are
linked with polarized cable, and the boards are stacked
in the EPCU enclosure on standoffs.
Basic EPCU Operation
When power is "off", the EPCU is at rest, alarm and
power relays are deenergized, and the LED display is
off. When power is switched "on", the EPCU performs
a self-test of LED display and logic functions. The
unit will then start-up. Class I units must detect a
0.25" pressure to energize the alarm relay and begin
an exchange cycle. When the cycle stops, the power
relays will energize. Loss of safe pressure on either unit
causes alarm and power relays to deenergize
(see power control options for more information
regarding EPCU operation).
9 10
Enclosure
NO Com NC
Power Supply
Terminals
Remote Alarm
Relay Terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
EPCU Logic Module
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Primary
Microprocessor
EPCU Features
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
LED DISPLAY INDICATORS
Enclosure Power Relays Deenergized
Power Off: Red Power On: Green
Enclosure Power Relays Energized
Safe Pressure: Blue
Enclosure Pressure > 0.15" w.c.
Rapid Exchange: Blue Enclosure Pressure > 2.0" w.c.
Timer Running: Yellow Rapid Exchange® Timer Active
Alarm Active: Red
Enclosure Pressure < 0.15" w.c.
Bypass Engaged: Green Control Bypass Active - CB
FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIMER FUNCTIONS
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Primary Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Safe
Pressure
Switch
120/240 VAC EPCU Power Module
Isolated Coil
Voltage Transformer
Voltage Input
Selector
Header
(factory set
for 120 or
240 VAC
power)
Power Control Switch
Cable Header
Voltage Regulators
Pressure Switch
Cable Header
Logic Module
Cable Header
Redundant
Safe Pressure
Relay
Input Fuse
Redundant
Rapid Exchange®
Relay
RESV Relay
20 A Alarm
Relay
RESV Factory
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Fuse
Power Module
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Relays
Assembled Electrical
Power Control Unit
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Alarm Only
Alarm & Bypass
EDT (Exchange Delay Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to prevent Rapid Exchange solenoid valve from energizing
until safe pressure can be stabilized.
SLT (Solenoid Latching Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to keep the Rapid Exchange solenoid valve energized until
exchange pressure is detected. If the pressure is not detected, the
EPCU will reset.
Type X
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
2000
SERIES
RET (Rapid Exchange Timer) provides a time delay after Rapid
Exchange pressure is detected, to allow four volume exchanges
prior to energizing the enclosure power relays. If safe pressure or
Rapid Exchange pressure is lost or interrupted during time delay
cycle, the EPCU will reset.
Power Control Options
NORMAL RUNNING (NR) MODE
EPCU features an on-off pushbutton power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be depressed to initiate start-up. After
completion of start-up, safe pressure must be lost or switch must be
depressed to deenergize enclosure power relays.
CONDITIONAL BYPASS (CB) MODE
EPCU features an off-on-bypass power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be set to "on" position to initiate start-up.
After enclosure power is energized, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be set to "off" position to deenergize enclosure power.
After enclosure power is energized, switch may be set to "bypass"
position to temporarily latch enclosure power relays. A flashing LED
then indicates bypass engaged, and the enclosure can be accessed
without deenergizing power (performed under specific conditions).
Following access, safe pressure must be reestablished to resume
normal operation. At that time, the switch may be reset to the "on"
position without disruption of enclosure power. Alarm relay normally
deenergizes only upon loss of safe pressure, but can be programmed
to deenergize when bypass is engaged, if specified at time of order.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
77
Type X
System Accessories Diagram
Model Number Designations
Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-4 or NC-4
1/4" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-4
Mounting Kit
SMK-3
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-2-SA...
Warning Nameplate
EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
Type X
2000
SERIES
2002 - STD - CI - NR - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
STD
- Standard
SA - Semiautomatic
FA- Fully Automatic
Area Classification
CI - Class I, Group C & D Area
IB - Class I, Group B Area (STD Only)
Power Control Mode
NR- Normal Running
CB- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand
right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM* - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM* - panel mount
enclosure surface cutout
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
Flush mount EPCU is not suitable for Group B Area.
## - See Accessories Page 132 for additional
factory installed accessories
OPTIONAL INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
The EPCU Logic Module can accommodate up to three intrinsic safety barriers to interact with
remote devices and affect operation of the EPCU. The barriers are installed and programmed by
the factory at time of order, and they are designed to function either in conjunction with a customer
furnished switch and a Pepperl+Fuchs furnished resistor network cable, or a Pepperl+Fuchs
furnished proximity detector. Each barrier develops a low power signal to create a two-wire
closed-loop circuit. Operational status of each barrier is indicated by a green LED to show active
(closed switch) status, and by a red LED to show faulted (line breakage) cable status. All barriers
can be reprogrammed to duplicate other barrier functions as required, upon specific request.
BARRIER PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Barrier A Function - when switch opens
Disables start-up cycle
Deenergizes enclosure power and alarm relay
Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Barrier B Function - when switch opens
Not programmed - custom applications only
Barrier C Function - when switch closes
Energizes RESV relay - custom applications only
Model 2002 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-4
SC-4
EFC-4
EBC-4
EPC-12
1/4" Ninety Connector
1/4" Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
1/4" Bulkhead Connector
3/4" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2, -3 or -10
System Mounting Kit
Remote Alarm Horn
RAH
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
RAB-1
LCK
L Fitting Conduit Kit
TCK
SRM-4000
NJ...
T Fitting Conduit Kit
Switch Resistor Module
P+F Namur Sensor
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0211
FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES
Inst. & Operation Manual
IS1
IS2*
IS3*
RP1
RP2
L
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-2-SA-00
EPV-2-SA-90
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
Channel A Barrier
Channel B Barrier
Channel C Barrier
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
Redundant Rapid Exchange Switch
Power Switch Key Lock Assembly
*Requires custom programming information
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
STD / SA & FA
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
FM or PM - flat panel
Height
22
22
12
12
22
24
Width
11
11
23
23
11
13
Depth
10.75 / 13.75
10.75 / 13.75
10.75 / 13.75
10.75 / 13.75
12.50 / 14.50
11.50 / 14.50
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 23h x 12w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
78
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
Class I ( ≤ 75 ft 3)
Description
Model 2003
Model 2003 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert
gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-3 Enclosure
Protection Vent is required for proper operation. In addition,
the system includes an electrical power control unit (EPCU)
that monitors system operation and controls enclosure
power. All start-up requirements must be satisfied before
the EPCU will energize power to the enclosure(s). This
process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
2000
SERIES
Basic Operation
Style Variances
STD (Standard) Style systems require manual operation
of the Rapid Exchange control valve.
SA (Semiautomatic) Style systems require manual
engagement of the Rapid Exchange control valve to initiate
the exchange cycle, but automatically disengages the valve
upon completion of the cycle. Loss of safe pressure requires
an operator to manually restart both systems above.
FA (Fully Automatic) Style systems engage and disengage
the Rapid Exchange control valve automatically, after an
operator manually sets a safe pressure. In addition, FA
Style systems restart automatically after a power or air
pressure failure.
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
the air supply to be engaged and EPCU power to be
energized. The enclosure protection vent must be tested
and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The EPCU power
control switch must be activated and the system will
self-test. The enclosure pressure control valve is used to
manually set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure
indicator. When safe pressure is stable, the Rapid
Exchange control valve is fully engaged by manual or
automatic means (dependent on System Style, see
below). Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle,
(five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve
disengages manually or automatically. Pressure returns
to the safe setting and enclosure power is energized by
the EPCU. Loss of safe pressure causes the EPCU to
deenergize power to the protected enclosure(s). All
systems include form "C" contacts for audible or visual
alarm systems.
STD Style
(Standard)
FA/SA Style
(Fully Automatic/Semiautomatic)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
2003 Type X
Purging System
75 ft3 max.
STD (Standard) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D*
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
SA (Semiautomatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
FA (Fully Automatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
*Only FM Certified Group B System Available in STD Style
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
79
Type X
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Rapid Exchange®
Solenoid Valve
Filter Regulator
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
Enclosure Supply
Outlet
Mounting Plate
RESV Conduit
EPCU Pressure
Reference Tubing
STD Style
Venturi Orifice
(not visible)
Flame Arrestor
Fitting
SA & FA Style
(with Rapid Exchange® Solenoid Valve)
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Type X
2000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Filter Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Solenoid:
Tube Fittings & Valves:
Tubing:
System Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Mounting Plate:
EPCU Enclosure Body:
Conduit & Fittings (SA & FA):
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Brass w/Enamel Finish
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" & 3/8" .035 Welded
Silkscreened Lexan® & SS
SS Screws & Bolts
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Bead Blast Cast Alum.
Galvanized Steel
Silkscreened SS
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Corporation
Simplified EPCU Redundant Logic Diagram
(2)
OPERATION
EPR
GAL
CLK
FAIL
PRC
Signal (1) from SPS is sent to
µP, GAL and SPCR coil. During
start-up, GAL verifies all µP
functions. GAL & µP must
receive uninterrupted signal
from SPS to prevent logic
resetting. After GAL verifies
all start-up procedures, it
sends "power enabled" signal
(2) to PER coil. Then, µP sends
"power request" signal (3)
through the SPCR and PER
contacts to EPR coils.
SPS
µP
PER
(3)
SPCR
SPS
GAL
µP
PER
SPCR
EPR
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 60 psi min. during exchange
EPCU Description
The Pepperl+Fuchs 2000 Series EPCU is a factory
programmed, field adjustable, microprocessor controlled
unit featuring full status indication, redundant gate
array logic and electromechanical relays. The EPCU is
constructed from four major items: (1) a power module,
(2) a pressure switch module, (3) a logic module and
(4) a power mode selector switch. The sections are
linked with polarized cable, and the boards are stacked
in the EPCU enclosure on standoffs.
EPR
Basic EPCU Operation
- SAFE PRESSURE SWITCH
- GATE ARRAY LOGIC
-MICROPROCESSOR
- POWER ENABLED RELAY
- SAFE PRESSURE CONFIRMATION RELAY
- ENCLOSURE POWER RELAY
Isolated
Enclosure
Power Relays
Field Wired
Power Module
Terminals
Isolated
Alarm
Relay
20 A
FUSES
1
2
3
EPCU Power
Supply Terminals
80
System Dimensions:
See Page 82
Shipping Weight:
STD - 45 lb / SA & FA - 47 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi max.
Capacity & Filtration:
3.8 oz @ 40 Microns
Supply Requirements:
Clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25" @ Safe Press.
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
Exchange Flow Rate:
** 10 SCFM / 600 SCFH
1 Minute / 2.5 ft3
Exchange Time:
System Supply Port:
3/8" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
3/8" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
EPCU Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
120 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø
EPCU Power Requirements:
(European 220 voltage only)
240 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø
(All voltage ratings are factory set)
EPCU Power Consumption:
500 mA
20 A @ 240 VAC Power Relay Contacts:
20 A @ 28 VDC *** 20 A @ 48 VDC
Alarm Relay N.O. Contact:
20 A @ 240 VAC
20 A @ 28 VDC
15 A @ 240 VAC
Alarm Relay N.C. Contact:
10 A @ 28 VDC
(1)
Electrical Wiring Diagram
120 VAC
240 VAC (Optional Voltage)
System Specifications
Gnd
Gnd
Hot Neu
Hot Neu
4
5
6
7
In
Out
In
Out
8
When power is "off", the EPCU is at rest, alarm and
power relays are deenergized, and the LED display is
off. When power is switched "on", the EPCU performs
a self-test of LED display and logic functions. The
unit will then start-up. Class I units must detect a
0.25" pressure to energize the alarm relay and begin
an exchange cycle. When the cycle stops, the power
relays will energize. Loss of safe pressure on either
unit causes alarm and power relays to deenergize (see
power control options for more information regarding
EPCU operation).
9 10
Enclosure
NO Com NC
Power Supply
Terminals
Remote Alarm
Relay Terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
EPCU Logic Module
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Primary
Microprocessor
EPCU Features
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
LED DISPLAY INDICATORS
Enclosure Power Relays Deenergized
Power Off: Red
Power On: Green
Enclosure Power Relays Energized
Safe Pressure: Blue
Enclosure Pressure > 0.15" w.c.
Rapid Exchange: Blue Enclosure Pressure > 2.0" w.c.
Timer Running: Yellow Rapid Exchange® Timer Active
Alarm Active: Red
Enclosure Pressure < 0.15" w.c.
Bypass Engaged: Green Control Bypass Active - CB
FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIMER FUNCTIONS
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Primary Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Safe
Pressure
Switch
120/240 VAC EPCU Power Module
Isolated Coil
Voltage Transformer
Voltage Input
Selector
Header
(factory set
for 120 or
240 VAC
power)
Power Control Switch
Cable Header
Voltage Regulators
Pressure Switch
Cable Header
EDT (Exchange Delay Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to prevent Rapid Exchange solenoid valve from energizing
until safe pressure can be stabilized.
SLT (Solenoid Latching Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to keep the Rapid Exchange solenoid valve energized until
exchange pressure is detected. If the pressure is not detected, the
EPCU will reset.
Redundant
Rapid
Exchange®
Relay
Input Fuse
RESV Relay
20 A Alarm
Relay
RESV Factory
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Fuse
Power Module
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Relays
Assembled Electrical
Power Control Unit
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
2000
SERIES
RET (Rapid Exchange Timer) provides a time delay after Rapid
Exchange pressure is detected, to allow four volume exchanges
prior to energizing the enclosure power relays. If safe pressure or
Rapid Exchange pressure is lost or interrupted during time delay
cycle, the EPCU will reset.
Power Control Options
Logic Module
Cable Header
Redundant
Safe Pressure
Relay
Alarm & Bypass
Type X
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
Alarm Only
NORMAL RUNNING (NR) MODE
EPCU features an on-off pushbutton power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be depressed to initiate start-up. After
completion of start-up, safe pressure must be lost or switch must be
depressed to deenergize enclosure power relays.
CONDITIONAL BYPASS (CB) MODE
EPCU features an off-on-bypass power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be set to "on" position to initiate start-up.
After enclosure power is energized, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be set to "off" position to deenergize enclosure power.
After enclosure power is energized, switch may be set to "bypass"
position to temporarily latch enclosure power relays. A flashing LED
then indicates bypass engaged, and the enclosure can be accessed
without deenergizing power (performed under specific conditions).
Following access, safe pressure must be reestablished to resume
normal operation. At that time, the switch may be reset to the "on"
position without disruption of enclosure power. Alarm relay normally
deenergizes only upon loss of safe pressure, but can be programmed
to deenergize when bypass is engaged, if specified at time of order.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
81
Type X
System Accessories Diagram
Model Number Designations
Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-6 or NC-6
3/8" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-6
Mounting Kit
SMK-3
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-3-SA...
Warning Nameplate
EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
Type X
2000
SERIES
2003 - STD - CI - NR - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
STD
- Standard
SA - Semiautomatic
FA- Fully Automatic
Area Classification
CI - Class I, Group C & D Area
IB - Class I, Group B Area (STD Only)
Power Control Mode
NR- Normal Running
CB- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand
right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM* - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM* - panel mount
enclosure surface cutout
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
Flush mount EPCU is not suitable for Group B Area.
## - See Accessories Page 132 for additional
factory installed accessories
OPTIONAL INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
The EPCU Logic Module can accommodate up to three intrinsic safety barriers to interact with
remote devices and affect operation of the EPCU. The barriers are installed and programmed by
the factory at time of order, and they are designed to function either in conjunction with a customer
furnished switch and a Pepperl+Fuchs furnished resistor network cable, or a Pepperl+Fuchs
furnished proximity detector. Each barrier develops a low power signal to create a two-wire
closed-loop circuit. Operational status of each barrier is indicated by a green LED to show active
(closed switch) status, and by a red LED to show faulted (line breakage) cable status. All barriers
can be reprogrammed to duplicate other barrier functions as required, upon specific request.
BARRIER PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Barrier A Function - when switch opens
Disables start-up cycle
Deenergizes enclosure power and alarm relay
Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Barrier B Function - when switch opens
Not programmed - custom applications only
Barrier C Function - when switch closes
Energizes RESV relay - custom applications only
Model 2003 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-6
SC-6
EFC-4
EFC-6
EBC-6
EPC-13
3/8" Ninety Connector
3/8" Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
3/8" Flush Connector
3/8" Bulkhead Connector
1" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2, -3 or -10
System Mounting Kit
RAH
Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
LCK
TCK
SRM-4000
NJ...
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
Switch Resistor Module
P+F Namur Sensor
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
129-0212
IS1
IS2*
IS3*
RP1
RP2
L
Inst. & Operation Manual
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-3-SA-00
EPV-3-SA-90
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
Channel A Barrier
Channel B Barrier
Channel C Barrier
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
Redundant Rapid Exchange Switch
Power Switch Key Lock Assembly
*Requires custom programming information
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
STD / SA & FA
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
Height
23
23
12
12
23
25
Width
11.50
11.50
23
23
11.50
13.50
Depth
10.75 / 15.25
10.75 / 15.25
10.75 / 15.25
10.75 / 15.25
12.50 / 16.50
12.25 / 15.75
FM or PM - flat panel
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 24h x 12.50w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
82
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
Class I ( ≤ 200 ft 3)
Description
Model 2004
Model 2004 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert
gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-4 Enclosure
Protection Vent is required for proper operation. In addition,
the system includes an electrical power control unit (EPCU)
that monitors system operation and controls enclosure
power. All start-up requirements must be satisfied before
the EPCU will energize power to the enclosure(s). This
process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
2000
SERIES
Basic Operation
Style Variances
STD (Standard) Style systems require manual operation
of the Rapid Exchange control valve.
SA (Semiautomatic) Style systems require manual
engagement of the Rapid Exchange control valve to initiate
the exchange cycle, but automatically disengages the valve
upon completion of the cycle. Loss of safe pressure requires
an operator to manually restart both systems above
FA (Fully Automatic) Style systems engage and disengage
the Rapid Exchange control valve automatically, after an
operator manually sets a safe pressure. In addition, FA
Style systems restart automatically after a power or air
pressure failure.
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
the air supply to be engaged and EPCU power to be
energized. The enclosure protection vent must be tested
and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The EPCU power
control switch must be activated and the system will
self-test. The enclosure pressure control valve is used to
manually set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure
indicator. When safe pressure is stable, the Rapid
Exchange control valve is fully engaged by manual or
automatic means (dependent on System Style, see
below). Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle,
(five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve
disengages manually or automatically. Pressure returns
to the safe setting and enclosure power is energized by
the EPCU. Loss of safe pressure causes the EPCU to
deenergize power to the protected enclosure(s). All
systems include form "C" contacts for audible or visual
alarm systems.
STD Style
(Standard)
FA/SA Style
(Fully Automatic/Semiautomatic)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
STD (Standard) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
2004 Type X
Purging System
200 ft3 max.
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D*
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
SA (Semiautomatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div.1,
Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div.1 to
Nonhazardous
FA (Fully Automatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
*Only FM Certified Group B System Available in STD Style
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
83
Type X
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Rapid Exchange®
Solenoid Valve
Filter Regulator
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
System Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
Enclosure Supply
Outlet
Mounting Plate
RESV Conduit
EPCU Pressure
Reference Tubing
STD Style
Venturi Orifice
(not visible)
Flame Arrestor
Fitting
SA & FA Style
(with Rapid Exchange® Solenoid Valve)
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Type X
2000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Filter Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Solenoid:
Tube Fittings & Valves:
Tubing:
System Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Mounting Plate:
EPCU Enclosure Body:
Conduit & Fittings (SA & FA):
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Brass w/Enamel Finish
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" & 3/8" .035 Welded
Silkscreened Lexan® & SS
Alum. & Stainless Steel
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Bead Blast Cast Alum.
Galvanized Steel
Silkscreened SS
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Corporation
Simplified EPCU Redundant Logic Diagram
(2)
OPERATION
EPR
GAL
CLK
FAIL
PRC
Signal (1) from SPS is sent to
µP, GAL and SPCR coil. During
start-up, GAL verifies all µP
functions. GAL & µP must
receive uninterrupted signal
from SPS to prevent logic
resetting. After GAL verifies
all start-up procedures, it
sends "power enabled" signal
(2) to PER coil. Then, µP sends
"power request" signal (3)
through the SPCR and PER
contacts to EPR coils.
SPS
µP
PER
(3)
SPCR
SPS
GAL
µP
PER
SPCR
EPR
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 80 psi min. during exchange
EPCU Description
The Pepperl+Fuchs 2000 Series EPCU is a factory
programmed, field adjustable, microprocessor controlled
unit featuring full status indication, redundant gate
array logic and electromechanical relays. The EPCU is
constructed from four major items: (1) a power module,
(2) a pressure switch module, (3) a logic module and
(4) a power mode selector switch. The sections are
linked with polarized cable, and the boards are stacked
in the EPCU enclosure on standoffs.
EPR
- SAFE PRESSURE SWITCH
- GATE ARRAY LOGIC
-MICROPROCESSOR
- POWER ENABLED RELAY
- SAFE PRESSURE CONFIRMATION RELAY
- ENCLOSURE POWER RELAY
Isolated
Enclosure
Power Relays
Field Wired
Power Module
Terminals
Isolated
Alarm
Relay
20 A
FUSES
1
2
3
EPCU Power
Supply Terminals
84
System Dimensions:
See Page 86
Shipping Weight:
STD - 49 lb / SA & FA - 51 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi max.
3.8 oz @ 40 Microns
Capacity & Filtration:
Supply Requirements:
Clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25" @ Safe Press.
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
** 30 SCFM/1800 SCFH
Exchange Flow Rate:
Exchange Time:
1 Minute/7.5 ft3
System Supply Port:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/2" Tube Fitting
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
EPCU Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
EPCU Power Requirements:
120 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø
(European 220 voltage only)
240 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø
(All voltage ratings are factory set)
EPCU Power Consumption:
500 mA
20 A @ 240 VAC Power Relay Contacts:
20 A @ 28 VDC *** 20 A @ 48 VDC
Alarm Relay N.O. Contact:
20 A @ 240 VAC
20 A @ 28 VDC
Alarm Relay N.C. Contact:
15 A @ 240 VAC
10 A @ 28 VDC
Basic EPCU Operation
(1)
Electrical Wiring Diagram
120 VAC
240 VAC (Optional Voltage)
System Specifications
Gnd
Gnd
Hot Neu
Hot Neu
4
5
6
7
In
Out
In
Out
8
When power is "off", the EPCU is at rest, alarm and
power relays are deenergized, and the LED display is
off. When power is switched "on", the EPCU performs
a self-test of LED display and logic functions. The
unit will then start-up. Class I units must detect a
0.25" pressure to energize the alarm relay and begin
an exchange cycle. When the cycle stops, the power
relays will energize. Loss of safe pressure on either
unit causes alarm and power relays to deenergize (see
power control options for more information regarding
EPCU operation).
9 10
Enclosure
NO Com NC
Power Supply
Terminals
Remote Alarm
Relay Terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
EPCU Logic Module
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Primary
Microprocessor
EPCU Features
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
LED DISPLAY INDICATORS
Enclosure Power Relays Deenergized
Power Off: Red
Power On: Green
Enclosure Power Relays Energized
Safe Pressure: Blue
Enclosure Pressure > 0.15" w.c.
Rapid Exchange: Blue Enclosure Pressure > 2.0" w.c.
Timer Running: Yellow Rapid Exchange® Timer Active
Alarm Active: Red
Enclosure Pressure < 0.15" w.c.
Bypass Engaged: Green Control Bypass Active - CB
FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIMER FUNCTIONS
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Primary Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Safe
Pressure
Switch
120/240 VAC EPCU Power Module
Isolated Coil
Voltage Transformer
Voltage Input
Selector
Header
(factory set
for 120 or
240 VAC
power)
Power Control Switch
Cable Header
Voltage Regulators
Pressure Switch
Cable Header
Logic Module
Cable Header
Redundant
Safe Pressure
Relay
Input Fuse
Redundant
Rapid Exchange®
Relay
RESV Relay
20 A Alarm
Relay
RESV Factory
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Fuse
Power Module
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Relays
Assembled Electrical
Power Control Unit
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Alarm Only
Alarm & Bypass
EDT (Exchange Delay Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to prevent Rapid Exchange solenoid valve from energizing
until safe pressure can be stabilized.
SLT (Solenoid Latching Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to keep the Rapid Exchange solenoid valve energized until
exchange pressure is detected. If the pressure is not detected, the
EPCU will reset.
Type X
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
2000
SERIES
RET (Rapid Exchange Timer) provides a time delay after Rapid
Exchange pressure is detected, to allow four volume exchanges
prior to energizing the enclosure power relays. If safe pressure or
Rapid Exchange pressure is lost or interrupted during time delay
cycle, the EPCU will reset.
Power Control Options
NORMAL RUNNING (NR) MODE
EPCU features an on-off pushbutton power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be depressed to initiate start-up. After
completion of start-up, safe pressure must be lost or switch must be
depressed to deenergize enclosure power relays.
CONDITIONAL BYPASS (CB) MODE
EPCU features an off-on-bypass power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be set to "on" position to initiate start-up.
After enclosure power is energized, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be set to "off" position to deenergize enclosure power.
After enclosure power is energized, switch may be set to "bypass"
position to temporarily latch enclosure power relays. A flashing LED
then indicates bypass engaged, and the enclosure can be accessed
without deenergizing power (performed under specific conditions).
Following access, safe pressure must be reestablished to resume
normal operation. At that time, the switch may be reset to the "on"
position without disruption of enclosure power. Alarm relay normally
deenergizes only upon loss of safe pressure, but can be programmed
to deenergize when bypass is engaged, if specified at time of order.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
85
Type X
System Accessories Diagram
Model Number Designations
Supply Inlet Fitting
SC-6 or NC-8
1/2" Supply Tubing
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EBC-8
Mounting Kit
SMK-3
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-4-SA...
Warning Nameplate
EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
Type X
2000
SERIES
2004 - STD - CI - NR - LH - ##
Series Model Number
System Style
STD
- Standard
SA - Semiautomatic
FA- Fully Automatic
Area Classification
CI - Class I, Group C & D Area
IB - Class I, Group B Area (STD Only)
Power Control Mode
NR- Normal Running
CB- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand
right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM* - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM* - panel mount
enclosure surface cutout
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
Flush mount EPCU is not suitable for Group B Area.
## - See Accessories Page 132 for additional
factory installed accessories
OPTIONAL INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
The EPCU Logic Module can accommodate up to three intrinsic safety barriers to interact with
remote devices and affect operation of the EPCU. The barriers are installed and programmed by
the factory at time of order, and they are designed to function either in conjunction with a customer
furnished switch and a Pepperl+Fuchs furnished resistor network cable, or a Pepperl+Fuchs
furnished proximity detector. Each barrier develops a low power signal to create a two-wire
closed-loop circuit. Operational status of each barrier is indicated by a green LED to show active
(closed switch) status, and by a red LED to show faulted (line breakage) cable status. All barriers
can be reprogrammed to duplicate other barrier functions as required, upon specific request.
BARRIER PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Barrier A Function - when switch opens
Disables start-up cycle
Deenergizes enclosure power and alarm relay
Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Barrier B Function - when switch opens
Not programmed - custom applications only
Barrier C Function - when switch closes
Energizes RESV relay - custom applications only
Model 2004 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-8
SC-8
EFC-4
EFC-8
EBC-8
EPC-14
1/2" Ninety Connector
1/2" Straight Connector
1/4" Flush Connector
1/2" Flush Connector
1/2" Bulkhead Connector
1-1/2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2, -3 or -10
System Mounting Kit
RAH
Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
LCK
TCK
SRM-4000
NJ...
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
Switch Resistor Module
P+F Namur Sensor
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
IS1
Channel A Barrier
IS2*
Channel B Barrier
IS3*
Channel C Barrier
RP1
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
RP2 Redundant Rapid Exchange Switch
L
Power Switch Key Lock Assembly
129-0213
Inst. & Operation Manual
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-4-SA-00
EPV-4-SA-90
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
*Requires custom programming information
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
STD / SA & FA
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
Height
24
24
14
14
24
26
Width
13.50
13.50
24
24
13.50
15.50
Depth
11.75 / 15.25
11.75 / 15.25
11.75 / 15.25
11.75 / 15.25
12.50 / 16.50
11.50 / 15.75
FM or PM - flat panel
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 25h x 14.50w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
86
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
Class I ( ≤ 450 ft 3)
Description
Model 2005
Model 2005 is a Rapid Exchange® purging system that
operates on a supply of compressed instrument air or inert
gas. It regulates and monitors pressure within sealed
(protected) enclosure(s), in order to remove and prevent
flammable gas or vapor accumulations. The system
accomplishes four air exchanges and maintains a "safe"
(0.25") pressure. A Pepperl+Fuchs Model EPV-5 Enclosure
Protection Vent is required for proper operation. In addition,
the system includes an electrical power control unit (EPCU)
that monitors system operation and controls enclosure
power. All start-up requirements must be satisfied before
the EPCU will energize power to the enclosure(s). This
process reduces the hazardous (classified) area rating
within the enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
2000
SERIES
Basic Operation
Style Variances
STD (Standard) Style systems require manual operation
of the Rapid Exchange control valve.
SA (Semiautomatic) Style systems require manual
engagement of the Rapid Exchange control valve to initiate
the exchange cycle, but automatically disengages the valve
upon completion of the cycle. Loss of safe pressure requires
an operator to manually restart both systems above
FA (Fully Automatic) Style systems engage and disengage
the Rapid Exchange control valve automatically, after an
operator manually sets a safe pressure. In addition, FA
Style systems restart automatically after a power or air
pressure failure.
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs, Inc.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
In accordance with system instructions, start-up requires
the air supply to be engaged and EPCU power to be
energized. The enclosure protection vent must be tested
and the enclosure(s) must be sealed. The EPCU power
control switch must be activated and the system will
self-test. The enclosure pressure control valve is used to
manually set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure
indicator. When safe pressure is stable, the Rapid
Exchange control valve is fully engaged by manual
or automatic means (dependent on System Style, see
below). Upon completion of the Rapid Exchange cycle,
(five minutes minimum) the Rapid Exchange control valve
disengages manually or automatically. Pressure returns
to the safe setting and enclosure power is energized by
the EPCU. Loss of safe pressure causes the EPCU to
deenergize power to the protected enclosure(s). All
systems include form "C" contacts for audible or visual
alarm systems.
STD Style
(Standard)
FA/SA Style
(Fully Automatic/Semiautomatic)
Standard Model Applications
Model Number: Designation:
Enclosure Volume:
STD (Standard) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Rating Reduction:
SA (Semiautomatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div.1to
Nonhazardous
2005 Type X
Purging System
450 ft3 max.
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D*
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
FA (Fully Automatic) Style
UL & FM Certified:
Cl. I, Div. 1, Group C&D
Rating Reduction:
Div. 1 to Nonhazardous
*Only FM Certified Group B System Available in STD Style
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
87
Type X
Rapid Exchange®
Solenoid Valve
System Supply
Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
Mounting Plate
Enclosure
Supply
Outlet
STD Style
RESV Conduit
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
EPCU
Pressure
Reference
Tubing
Enclosure
Pressure
Control Valve
Flame
Arrestor
Fitting (not visible)
Venturi Orifice
SA & FA Style
(with Rapid Exchange® Solenoid Valve)
CONNECTION POINTS SHOWN ABOVE IN BOLD TEXT ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Type X
2000
SERIES
Material Specifications
Filter Regulator Body:
Regulator Handle & Bowl:
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Gauge:
Rapid Exchange Solenoid:
Pipe Fittings & Valves:
Tubing:
System Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Mounting Plate:
EPCU Enclosure Body:
Conduit & Fittings (SA & FA):
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Polycarbonate
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Poly Case & Brass Tube
Brass w/Enamel Finish
316 SS Forged Body
316 SS 1/4" .035 Welded
Silkscreened Lexan® & SS
Alum. & Stainless Steel Screws & Bolts
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Bead Blast Cast Alum.
Galvanized Steel
Silkscreened SS
Lexan is a registered trademark of the General Electric Corporation
®
Simplified EPCU Redundant Logic Diagram
(2)
OPERATION
EPR
GAL
CLK
FAIL
PRC
Signal (1) from SPS is sent to
µP, GAL and SPCR coil. During
start-up, GAL verifies all µP
functions. GAL & µP must
receive uninterrupted signal
from SPS to prevent logic
resetting. After GAL verifies
all start-up procedures, it
sends "power enabled" signal
(2) to PER coil. Then, µP sends
"power request" signal (3)
through the SPCR and PER
contacts to EPR coils.
SPS
µP
PER
(3)
SPCR
SPS
GAL
µP
PER
SPCR
EPR
* Enclosure integrity determines actual flow rate
** With regulator set to 80 psi min. during exchange
EPCU Description
The Pepperl+Fuchs 2000 Series EPCU is a factory
programmed, field adjustable, microprocessor controlled
unit featuring full status indication, redundant gate
array logic and electromechanical relays. The EPCU
is constructed from four major items: (1) a power
module, (2) a pressure switch module, (3) a logic
module and (4) a power mode selector switch. The
sections are linked with polarized cable, and the
boards are stacked in the EPCU enclosure on standoffs.
EPR
- SAFE PRESSURE SWITCH
- GATE ARRAY LOGIC
-MICROPROCESSOR
- POWER ENABLED RELAY
- SAFE PRESSURE CONFIRMATION RELAY
- ENCLOSURE POWER RELAY
Isolated
Enclosure
Power Relays
Field Wired
Power Module
Terminals
Isolated
Alarm
Relay
20 A
FUSES
1
2
3
EPCU Power
Supply Terminals
88
System Dimensions:
See Page 90
Shipping Weight:
STD - 51 lb / SA & FA - 53 lb
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F
Supply Pressure Range:
80 - 120 psi max.
8.5 oz @ 40 Microns
Capacity & Filtration:
Supply Requirements:
Clean air or inert gas
Safe Press. Setpoint:
0.25" @ Safe Press.
Safe Press. Flow Rate:
* 0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
Exchange Pressure:
3" - 5"
** 60 SCFM/3600 SCFH
Exchange Flow Rate:
Exchange Time:
1 Minute/15 ft3
System Supply Port:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
1/2" FPT
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
1/4" Tube Fitting
EPCU Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
EPCU Power Requirements:
120 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø
(European 220 voltage only)
240 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø
(All voltage ratings are factory set)
EPCU Power Consumption:
500 mA
20 A @ 240 VAC Power Relay Contacts:
20 A @ 28 VDC *** 20 A @ 48 VDC
Alarm Relay N.O. Contact:
20 A @ 240 VAC
20 A @ 28 VDC
Alarm Relay N.C. Contact:
15 A @ 240 VAC
10 A @ 28 VDC
Basic EPCU Operation
(1)
Electrical Wiring Diagram
120 VAC
240 VAC (Optional Voltage)
System Specifications
Filter Regulator
Gnd
Gnd
Hot Neu
Hot Neu
4
5
6
7
In
Out
In
Out
8
When power is "off", the EPCU is at rest, alarm and
power relays are deenergized, and the LED display is
off. When power is switched "on", the EPCU performs
a self-test of LED display and logic functions. The
unit will then start-up. Class I units must detect a
0.25" pressure to energize the alarm relay and begin
an exchange cycle. When the cycle stops, the power
relays will energize. Loss of safe pressure on either
unit causes alarm and power relays to deenergize (see
power control options for more information regarding
EPCU operation).
9 10
Enclosure
NO Com NC
Power Supply
Terminals
Remote Alarm
Relay Terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X
EPCU Logic Module
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Primary
Microprocessor
EPCU Features
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
LED DISPLAY INDICATORS
Enclosure Power Relays Deenergized
Power Off: Red
Power On: Green
Enclosure Power Relays Energized
Safe Pressure: Blue
Enclosure Pressure > 0.15" w.c.
Rapid Exchange: Blue Enclosure Pressure > 2.0" w.c.
Timer Running: Yellow Rapid Exchange® Timer Active
Alarm Active: Red
Enclosure Pressure < 0.15" w.c.
Bypass Engaged: Green Control Bypass Active - CB
FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIMER FUNCTIONS
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Primary Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Safe
Pressure
Switch
120/240 VAC EPCU Power Module
Isolated Coil
Voltage Transformer
Voltage Input
Selector
Header
(factory set
for 120 or
240 VAC
power)
Power Control Switch
Cable Header
Voltage Regulators
Pressure Switch
Cable Header
Logic Module
Cable Header
Redundant
Safe Pressure
Relay
Redundant
Rapid
Exchange®
Relay
Input Fuse
RESV Relay
20 A Alarm
Relay
RESV Factory
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Fuse
Power Module
Wiring Terminal
20 A Enclosure
Power Relays
Assembled Electrical
Power Control Unit
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Alarm & Bypass
EDT (Exchange Delay Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to prevent Rapid Exchange solenoid valve from energizing
until safe pressure can be stabilized.
SLT (Solenoid Latching Timer) (FA Style only) provides a time
delay to keep the Rapid Exchange solenoid valve energized until
exchange pressure is detected. If the pressure is not detected, the
EPCU will reset.
2000
SERIES
Type X
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
Alarm Only
RET (Rapid Exchange Timer) provides a time delay after Rapid
Exchange pressure is detected, to allow four volume exchanges
prior to energizing the enclosure power relays. If safe pressure or
Rapid Exchange pressure is lost or interrupted during time delay
cycle, the EPCU will reset.
Power Control Options
NORMAL RUNNING (NR) MODE
EPCU features an on-off pushbutton power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be depressed to initiate start-up. After
completion of start-up, safe pressure must be lost or switch must be
depressed to deenergize enclosure power relays.
CONDITIONAL BYPASS (CB) MODE
EPCU features an off-on-bypass power control switch to activate
control functions. Switch must be set to "on" position to initiate start-up.
After enclosure power is energized, safe pressure must be lost or
switch must be set to "off" position to deenergize enclosure power.
After enclosure power is energized, switch may be set to "bypass"
position to temporarily latch enclosure power relays. A flashing LED
then indicates bypass engaged, and the enclosure can be accessed
without deenergizing power (performed under specific conditions).
Following access, safe pressure must be reestablished to resume
normal operation. At that time, the switch may be reset to the "on"
position without disruption of enclosure power. Alarm relay normally
deenergizes only upon loss of safe pressure, but can be programmed
to deenergize when bypass is engaged, if specified at time of order.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
89
Type X
System Accessories Diagram
Model Number Designations
Supply Inlet Fitting
Series Model Number
System Style
STD
- Standard
SA - Semiautomatic
FA- Fully Automatic
Area Classification
CI - Class I, Group C & D Area
IB - Class I, Group B Area (STD Only)
Power Control Mode
NR- Normal Running
CB- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - left hand
left side of enclosure
RH - right hand
right side of enclosure
TM - top mount
top of enclosure
BM - bottom mount
bottom of enclosure
WM - wall mount
wall surface
FM* - frame mount
external frame or rack
PM* - panel mount
enclosure surface cutout
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
1/2" Supply Pipe
1/4" Tubing Reference
Enclosure Supply Fitting
EPC-10
Mounting Kit
SMK-3
Enclosure Reference Fitting
EFC-4
Pressurized
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-5-SA...
Warning Nameplate
EWN-1
(Included with Panel)
Type X
2000
SERIES
2005 - STD - CI - NR - LH - ##
Flush mount EPCU is not suitable for Group B Area.
## - See Accessories Page 132 for additional
factory installed accessories
OPTIONAL INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
The EPCU Logic Module can accommodate up to three intrinsic safety barriers to interact with
remote devices and affect operation of the EPCU. The barriers are installed and programmed by
the factory at time of order, and they are designed to function either in conjunction with a customer
furnished switch and a Pepperl+Fuchs furnished resistor network cable, or a Pepperl+Fuchs
furnished proximity detector. Each barrier develops a low power signal to create a two-wire
closed-loop circuit. Operational status of each barrier is indicated by a green LED to show active
(closed switch) status, and by a red LED to show faulted (line breakage) cable status. All barriers
can be reprogrammed to duplicate other barrier functions as required, upon specific request.
BARRIER PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Barrier A Function - when switch opens
Disables start-up cycle
Deenergizes enclosure power and alarm relay
Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Barrier B Function - when switch opens
Not programmed - custom applications only
Barrier C Function - when switch closes
Energizes RESV relay - custom applications only
Model 2005 System Accessories (See accessories page for complete details)
CONNECTION FITTINGS
EFC-4
EPC-10
INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL
1/4" Flush Connector
1/2" Pipe Connector
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
SMK-2, -3 or -10
System Mounting Kit
RAH
Remote Alarm Horn
RAB-1
Div. 1 Remote Alarm Beacon
LCK
L Fitting Conduit Kit
T Fitting Conduit Kit
TCK
SRM-4000
Switch Resistor Module
NJ...
P+F Namur Sensor
129-0214
FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES
IS1
IS2*
IS3*
RP1
RP2
L
Inst. & Operation Manual
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION VENTS
ONE VENT REQUIRED WITH EACH SYSTEM
EPV-5-SA-00
EPV-5-SA-90
Straight w/Spark Arrestor
Rt Angle w/Spark Arrestor
WARNING NAMEPLATES
EWN-1
ETW
Channel A Barrier
Channel B Barrier
Channel C Barrier
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
Redundant Rapid Exchange Switch
Power Switch Key Lock Assembly
*Requires custom programming information
Class I Enclosure Warning
Enclosure Temperature Warning
ONE (1) ENCLOSURE WARNING NAMEPLATE & ONE (1) INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL ARE PROVIDED WITH EACH SYSTEM
Overall
System
Dimensions
STD / SA & FA
LH - left hand
RH - right hand
TM - top mount
BM - bottom mount
WM - wall mount
Height
25
25
14
14
25
27
Width
13.50
13.50
25
25
13.50
15.50
Depth
10.75 / 15.25
10.75 / 15.25
10.75 / 15.25
10.75 / 15.25
12.50 / 16.50
11.25 / 15.75
FM or PM - flat panel
Dimensions in inches. Mounting dimensions available upon request. FM & PM panel cutout dimensions: 26h x 14.50w
Height & width dimensions reflect mounting plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall measurement of system, including components.
90
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X & Ex [px]
Description
6000 Series
The 6000 series Type X, Ex ‘px’ purge pressurization
system protects general-purpose equipment mounted in a
standard enclosure so that it can be located and operated
in a hazardous area. The hazardous area classification can
be Class I and/or Class II, Division 1/Zone 1 and/or Zone 21.
The 6000 series operates by controlling and monitoring
compressed instrument air or inert gas through the protected
enclosure(s) to remove and prevent the accumulation of
flammable gas, vapors, or dust.
Class I & Class II, (≤ 250 ft 3) Zone I & Zone 21 (7.1 m3)
The 6000 series system features these main parts:
•Electronic processor (EPCU) housed in an explosion/
flameproof enclosure
• Intrinsically safe electrical/pneumatic manifold assembly
• Input/output connections and controls for operation
•I.S. user interface for programming and monitoring the
system
•316L stainless steel type 4X enclosure for EPCU and
connections
•Pressure relief vent with flow and pressure monitoring at the
exhaust
Model EPV-6000-AA-01
6000
SERIES
Model 6000-DV-S2-UN-WH-AC
Component Kit (model 6000-DV-S2-UN-CK-AC)
Control unit w/
Ex enclosure
The power for the solenoid valve on the manifold unit,
inputs, and EPV-6000 vent are provided by the EPCU through
the internal, galvanically isolated intrinsic barrier. No additional
intrinsic safety barriers are required for annunciation.
The adjustable mounting brackets and the universally
mounted vent make the 6000 system easy to install
horizontally or vertically onto the enclosure. Component
kits are available at a cost savings for custom installation
requirements.
The 6000 series provides a complete system for purging
and pressurizing enclosures for hazardous location operation.
The 6000 series system can be set up for Class I/ Division 1
(Zone 1), Class II/Division 1 (Zone 21), or both Class I & Class
II/Division 1(Zone 1 & Zone 21) applications in accordance
with the NEC-NFPA 70, NFPA496, ISA 12.4, IEC61241-4, and
EN60079-2. This system also complies with IEC61508, SIL 2
level of integrity.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
User-interface
Type X & Ex [px]
The user interface allows programming of up to 4 switch
inputs, temperature modules, enclosure power contacts,
2 auxiliary outputs, and various operational functions.
Also, the user interface screen allows monitoring and easy
setup of configurable variables. With the user interface
menus, configuration of the standard information for setup
and operation of a system such as purge time, flow rates,
pressures, and enclosure size are easily programmable.
Additional features allow Class I and Class II operation, inputs
for system bypass, enclosure power on/off, temperature
overload and activation of Rapid Exchange flow for cooling
or auxiliary relay for separate cooling source, delay power
shutdown, and much more. The two auxiliary contact outputs
can be configured to activate on most of the input switches
or any of the configured alarm states for pressure, flows, and
temperature.
Manifold with
solenoid
Standard Model Applications
Model Numbers: 6000 Type X & Ex px
Designation:
Rapid Exchange® purging systems
Enclosure Volume:
7.1 m3 / 250 ft3 max.
Approvals: See our website
Suitable for Class I and II, Division 1 / Zone 1 and Zone 21 to nonhazardous area applications according to:
nNorth American NFPA 496
nEuropean ATEX
nInternational IECEx approvals
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
91
Type X & Ex [px]
Series 6000 Identification of Components
Manifold for
purging and
pressurization
6000 Control Unit
Easy connection
to protective gas
supply
Type 4X (IP66)
fittings for flow
EPV-6000 Vent
Movable
vent cap
User interface
module
for easy
programming
with display
Mounts on vertical or
horizontal surface of
enclosure
1 ½" NPT
knockout with
seal lock nut
Spark
arrestor
Connector for I.S.
connection back to
control unit
Type X & Ex [px]
6000
SERIES
316L stainless
steel Type 4x
(IP66) ratings
¾" conduit for
power connections,
easy to add poured
seals
Cable glands
for I.S. inputs/
outputs
Exploded View
Display rotates for
Horizontal or Vertical
Mounting
I.S. wiring
terminals
Removable
electronics
Ex d, explosion-proof
enclosure
Removable
connector
for power
connections
Seals or Ex de cable
glands for conduit
entry. Customer
provides standard
poured seals.
92
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X & Ex [px]
Series 6000 Component Kit
User-Interface w/cable and V31 connector
Enclosure Power LED
(Green) ON - When power
relay is energized
Rapid Exchange®
LED (Blue) ON - When
Rapid Exchange flow
is above min.
System Bypass
LED (Yellow) ON
- When bypass is
initiated
Alarm Fault
LED (Red)
Blinking - any alarm
input detected
Solid - 6000 series
system fault
Safe Pressure
LED (Blue) ON >
0.25" (6.4 mm) w.c.
Setup
To enter setup
mode
Display - 2 x
20 LCD with
backlight
screen
Arrow keys
Scrolling
through the
menus
Stats
History and
current
Start / Set
Menu entry
selection
Control unit and explosion /
flameproof enclosure
Type X & Ex [px]
Exit
To exit a
menu screen
6000
SERIES
Optional pneumatic
manifold w/solenoid
Rapid Exchange® is a Registered Trademark of Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
93
Type X & Ex [px]
Operation of 6000 series
The 6000 series consists of the control unit and user interface
mounted in a 316L stainless steel Type 4X (IP66) enclosure with
the pneumatic solenoid valve mounted on the unit. A proportional
valve can be ordered in place of the solenoid valve for continuous
control of flow and pressure to the enclosure. The EPV-6000
series relief vent is separate and is mounted to the enclosure.
The 6000 series control unit is also available in a kit form that
consists of the key components of the system, the control unit,
and the user interface. It does not include the enclosure and
manifold. The user interface includes a panel-mount bracket
so that it can be panel mounted to the customer’s enclosure.
The pneumatic valve for the protective gas can be supplied by
the customer, or the 6000 series manifold or proportional valve
can be purchased separately. The EPV-6000 relief vent is still
required.
The components of the 6000 series control unit are listed below:
• EPCU mounted in an explosion/flameproof enclosure
• I.S. user-interface with display and cable
Type X & Ex [px]
6000
SERIES
• I.S. termination board (does not come with ‘CK’ kit version)
•Manifold with I.S. solenoid valve (does not come with ‘CK’ kit
version)
•Flush mount Type 4X IP66 fitting for protective gas supply to
enclosure with tube attached
•Type 4X cable glands for I.S. wiring to I.S. inputs, vents, and
temperature modules
• 316L stainless steel pipe nipples for power wires
•316L stainless steel Type 4X enclosure for the 6000 series
controller
The components of the EPV-6000 vent:
• EPV-6000 vent with spark arrestor screen
•1½” sealing nut with gasket for attachment of vent to
customer’s enclosure
•A 5 meter, quick disconnect cable; blue (denoting I.S.), for
connection to I.S. termination board inside 6000 series control
unit
The 6000 series control unit and vent can be universally
mounted to the customer enclosure. Top, bottom, right-, or leftside mounting can be completed with only one control unit and
vent. Mounting configuration does not need to be designated
when ordering. One unit is used for enclosure sizes up to 450 ft3
(12.7 m3).
Electronic Power Control Unit – EPCU
The EPCU houses the redundant microprocessors, enclosure
power contacts, (2) auxiliary contacts, power supply module,
galvanically isolated barriers for the inputs, vent(s), and
temperature modules; all stackable and easy to remove and
install into the explosion-proof enclosure that houses them.
The power supply module is available in 24 VDC or 100-250 VAC
units. The enclosure power contacts are forced-guided safety
relays. The auxiliary contacts can be user configured for different
functions depending on user requirements.
94
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
User-Interface Controller - UIC
The 6000 series is user programmable for many of the
configurable options available. This is done with the intrinsically
safe user-interface on the face of the unit, which can also be
remote mounted. The user-interface is a 2 x 20 LCD that is
programmed through a set of buttons on the menu driven unit.
All configuration and options are programmed through this unit.
There are also (5) LEDs for easy visual indication of operation:
•Safe Pressure – This turns on (blue) when safe pressure is
achieved inside the enclosure.
•Enclosure power – This is (red) when the enclosure power is
off, and (green) when enclosure power is on. The enclosure
power can be on only after a successful purge and a safe
pressure is achieved. Bypass option allows power to remain on
if safe pressure is lost.
•Rapid Exchange® – The Rapid Exchange or purging flow rate
turns on (blue) when the flow rate is measuring proper flow.
•System Bypass – This turns on (yellow) when the system
bypass is active. This should be used only when the area
around the enclosure is known to be safe.
•Alarm Fault – The (red) LED blinks when any alarm input is
detected and is solid when there is an internal system fault.
Pneumatic Manifold with I.S. Solenoid
•Manifold with I.S. solenoid valve: The manifold system is
mounted on the 6000 control unit providing a needle valve to
set enclosure pressure and an I.S. solenoid valve that is used
for purging (Rapid Exchange). Power for the I.S. solenoid valve
is provided by the EPCU and is galvanically isolated. Regulated
instrument-grade air or nitrogen is required.
The 6000 series unit can be ordered without the manifold so
that customers can use their own method or valves for purging
and pressurization. If a third-party electronic valve is used, the
valve must be certified and installed in accordance with the
hazardous location where it is operating. The use of the 6000
series manifold unit allows easy and correct installation of the
system.
Requirements for Purging/Pressurization
Certifications allow the 6000 series to be used on enclosures
in a gas, dust, or both gas and dust hazardous atmospheres.
Gas atmospheres require the purging of the enclosure. Dust
atmospheres require the physical removal of all the dust that
collects inside. Both gas and dust atmospheres require the
following: 1) removing the dust, 2) sealing the enclosure, and then
3) purging the enclosure.
After these sequences, the pressure within the enclosure is above
the minimum level. The equipment within the enclosure can be
energized.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X & Ex [px]
Operation of 6000 series
Purge Timing
When using the 6000 series in a gas or gas and dust location,
the time for purging an enclosure can be based either on a
known purge rate and time (fixed purge time), or based on the
flow rate being measured from the vent (dynamic purge time).
Both methods base the time on the flow measurement at the
vent, and complete the process in steps. The EPCU will take the
readings from the vent and use the appropriate reading (listed
below) as the useable flow rate. For example, if the flow rate
measurement from the EPV-6000 vent is 7 SCFM, the EPCU
will use 5 SCFM as the flow rate for evaluation. The flow rate
measurement steps and corresponding enclosure pressures are
as follows:
• 5 SCFM @ 1.3” w.c. , (141 l/min @ 33 mm w.c.)
• 12 SCFM @ 2.5” w.c., (340 l/min @ 64 mm w.c.)
• 20 SCFM @ 3.1” w.c., (565 l/min @ 77 mm w.c.)
• 30 SCFM @ 3.4” w.c., (850 l/min @ 86 mm w.c.)
Dynamic Purge Time
Dynamic purge time allows the purge time to be updated to
the purge flow through the vent. This method is not dependent
on a constant flow from the protective gas source. It bases
the purge time on the measured flow and not a set flow. This
is very useful when the protective gas supply pressure varies
throughout the purging cycle or when it may vary from one
installation to another.
The following parameters must be entered for the dynamic purge
time:
• Enclosure volume
• Number of exchanges
The purge time will be based on the measurement of the vent
and evaluation of this measurement from the EPCU. This allows
recalculation of the time based on this measurement. During the
dynamic purge time, the user-interface will display the purge
time in a percentage starting with 0% and ending with 100%
(purge time complete).
Purging Modes
Purging start-up can be set up in 4 different modes, which are
explained below:
Inputs
There are (4) intrinsic safety inputs for activation of various
outputs and actions by the EPCU. These inputs accept only
a dry contact for activation and are supplied by the EPCU’s
galvanically isolated barrier. The assignments of the inputs
for various actions are achieved through the user-interface
controller. Only one function can operate an input. These inputs
can bypass the system for live maintenance on the enclosure.
The intrinsic safety inputs activate the auxiliary relays, energize
the Rapid Exchange valve, de-energize the enclosure contacts,
and shut the system down, in addition to many more actions
and outputs.
Outputs
There are (2) normally open dry contacts for the enclosure
power that can be energized only after a successful purging and
a minimum enclosure pressure is maintained. Loss of pressure
will cause the contacts to de-energize unless the shutdown
timer is active or bypass mode is implemented.
Also available are the Auxiliary 1 and Auxiliary 2, SPDT dry
contact outputs. The auxiliary outputs can be user configured
using the user-interface controller and are controlled by various
inputs or various conditions such as low pressure, loss of
pressure, bypass implemented, Rapid Exchange valve on,
enclosure above maximum pressure setting, and many more.
Both enclosure contacts and auxiliary contacts are forcedguided safety relays for functional safety.
EPV-6000 I.S. Relief Vent
The EPV-6000 vent exhausts excess pressure from the
enclosure if the pressure with in the enclosure is above 1.0” w.c.
and measures flow and pressure during operation. The 6000
series vent has a pressure transducer and thermal flow sensor
that is connected to the 6000 EPCU and is intrinsically safe
through the galvanic isolation barrier within the EPCU. Because
measurement of the flow is always at the exhaust of the
pressurized enclosure, the vent is located on the enclosure(s)
such that it is venting to the atmosphere.
The vent is connected to the I.S. termination board using the
V1 connector and cable that comes with the vent. The EPV-6000
vent can be mounted vertically or horizontally and is not gravity
dependent. For corrosive environments, the EPV-6000 has
an optional stainless steel cap so that the body of the vent
is mounted in the enclosure with just the stainless steel cap
exposed to the outside environment.
6000
SERIES
Type X & Ex [px]
Fixed Purge Time
If the purge time must be held to a specific time, then this time
is based on the known enclosure volume, number of volume
exchanges, and flow rate through the vent. If the flow rate is
below the required minimum, then the purging cycle will reset
and will not start until the flow rate is above the selected rate.
This set up does not allow purge flow to go below the value
required and will not recalculate the time for purging if it goes
above the required purge rate. This measurement method is the
same type as was used in our previous system, the 4000 series.
• FA – Fully-automatic mode will automatically engage the
manifold solenoid valve when safe pressure is detected and
will automatically disengage when a successful purging is
complete.
• STD – Standard mode requires the operator to engage
the manifold solenoid valve manually when purging and
manually disengage when a successful purging is complete.
• SA – Semiautomatic mode requires the operator to engage
the manifold solenoid valve manually when purging. The
EPCU will automatically disengage when a successful
purging is complete.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
95
Type X & Ex [px]
Electrical Wiring Diagrams
The I.S. termination board is mounted inside the Type 4X
(IP66) stainless steel enclosure and does not require any
lead seals to the EPCU enclosure. Wiring from the EPCU to
this I.S. termination board is provided.
The power connection for enclosure power, auxiliary
outputs and power to the EPCU is completed within
the explosion-proof enclosure that houses the EPCU. A
stainless steel ¾” conduit extends to the outside of the
Type 4X, IP66 stainless steel enclosure for easy connection
of the lead seals. Lead seals or Ex de cable glands are not
provided, but are available as an option. Any certified lead
seal or Ex de cable glands can be used. No special seals
are required.
Type X & Ex [px]
IS PWR 1+
User
interface
connection
prewired
EPCU Board
6000
SERIES
I.S. Termination Board*
IS PWR 1-
Temp
Module
IS DATA 1A
IS DATA 1B
Removable Terminals
IS 1 SHLD
IS PWR 2+
IS PWR 2IS DATA 2A
Power to
EPCU
Vent 1
IS DATA 2B
IS 2 SHLD
Enclosure
contacts
(2) N.O.
IS PWR 3+
IS PWR 3IS DATA 3A
Aux
output 1
(1) SPDT
Vent 2
IS DATA 3B
IS 3 SHLD
INPUT 1-
Aux
output 2
(1) SPDT
INPUT 1+
INPUT 2INPUT 2+
Requires standard
seals to Ex enclosure
INPUT 3-
To I.S.
terminal board
Inputs
1 thru 4
INPUT 3+
Top of EPCU
wiring terminals
INPUT 4INPUT 4+
I.S. solenoid
valve from
manifold
prewired
INPUT
SHIELD
*Does not come with the component kit.
96
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X & Ex [px]
Pneumatic Diagram
Model 6000 System Accessories
Connection Fittings
US-EXDE-3/4
LCK, TCK
EFC-6-SS (included with unit)
CG-8
Needle Valve
Plug
Protective
gas supply
Supply
to enclosure
Plug
Solenoid
Valve, EEx io
2/2 way
Ex de cable gland
Conduit fitting kits
Flush mount connector
Cable gland
Additional Items
HR-SW00
Key switch (removable in one position)
HR-SW01
Pushbutton switch (on/off)
US-B75-02-WJC
3/8” filter regulator (40 micron filter)
SMK-6000
Mounting bolts and hardware
SMK-6000-CK
Mounting bolts and hardware for component kit
6000-RUI-KIT-00
K
it for remote mounting user-interface unit
6000-MAN-DV-01
Manifold w/ I.S. solenoid valve
6000-MAN-PV-01
I.S. proportional valve
Installation and Operation Manual
TDOCT-1372AENG
Installation and Operation Manual
Warning Nameplates – (1) EWN tag comes with every system ordered
ETW-15
Temperature warning metal tag
Dimensions
6000
SERIES
6000 Control unit with housing
Type X & Ex [px]
32 mm
(1.26'')
367,5 mm (14.47'')
182,8 mm (7.20'')
220,7 mm (8.69'')
32 mm
(1.26'')
51 mm (2.01'')
38,3 mm (1.51'')
Mtg hole for
1/4 - 20 hardware
3 holes
40,6 mm (1.6'')
Air out
bottom position
2,3 mm
(0.09'')
152,4 mm (6.00'')
160,2 mm (6.31'')
Clearance hole for
9/16 - 18 hardware
3 holes
19,3 mm (0.76'')
182,8 mm (7.20'')
5,1 mm
(0.20'')
Air in
top position
21,3 mm
(0.84'')
220,7 mm (8.69'')
34,3 mm
(1.35'')
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
58,4 mm (2.30'')
115,5 mm (4.55'')
172,7 mm (6.80'')
247,9 mm (9.76'')
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
97
Type X & Ex [px]
Dimensions
EPV-6000 Vent
82.5 mm (3.25'')
57.6 mm (2.27'')
145.8 mm (5.74'')
1-1/2 NPSM thread
133.3 mm (5.25'')
28.4 mm (1.12'')
28.4 mm (1.12'')
57.1 mm (2.25'')
6000
SERIES
ø50 mm
(1.97'')
35.5 mm
(1.40'')
User Interface with Mounting Bracket
53.3 mm
(2.10'')
0.25 mm
(0.01'')
21.1 mm
(0.83'')
5.8 mm (0.23'')
ø4.6 mm
(0.18'')
ø4.6 mm
(0.18'')
53.3 mm
(2.10'')
20.1 mm
(0.79'')
4x
Ø 4.6 mm
(0.18'')
21.1 mm
(0.83'')
ø4.6 mm
(0.18'')
145.5 mm (5.73'')
ø4.6 mm
(0.18'')
20.1 mm
(0.79'')
30 mm (1.18'')
93.5 mm
(3.69'')
35.3 mm
(1.39'')
135.6 mm (5.34'')
Type X & Ex [px]
57.1 mm (2.25'')
127.7 mm (5.03'')
57.1 mm (2.25'')
1-1/2 NPS thread
27.9 mm
(1.10'')
126.5 mm (4.98'')
93.5 mm
(3.69'')
User Interface without Mounting Bracket
20.6 mm
(0.81'')
User
interface
(reference)
82.8 mm (3.26'')
ø4.3 mm (0.17'')
mounting
hole
35.6 mm (1.40'')
62 mm (2.44'')
13.7 mm
(0.54'')
#8-32 thd
mounting
location
#8-32 thd
mounting
location
26.9 mm (1.06'')
98
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
82.8 mm (3.26'')
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
51.5 mm (2.03'')
30 mm
(1.18'')
58.7 mm (2.31'')
123.95 mm (4.88'')
123.95 mm (4.88'')
ø4.3 mm (0.17'')
mounting
hole
41.4 mm
(1.63'')
ø16.2 mm (0.64'')
connector
clearance
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X & Ex [px]
Dimensions
69.85 mm
(2.75'')
6000 EPCU control unit with explosion / flameproof enclosure
3/4” NPT
thread
#5/16-18
mounting hardware
85.85 mm
(3.38'')
6000
SERIES
3/4''
NPT
thd
25.4 mm
(1.00'')
CL
60.5 mm
(2.38'')
52.3 mm
(2.06'')
139.95 mm
(5.51'')
3/4''
NPT
thd
#5/16-18
mounting hardware
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X & Ex [px]
171.5 mm (6.75'')
120.65 mm
(4.75'')
50.8 mm
(2.00'')
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
99
Type X & Ex [px]
Dimensions
3/8" npt outlet
53.35 mm (2.10")
72.96 mm (2.87")
Type X & Ex [px]
6000
SERIES
98.04 mm (3.86")
72.96 mm (2.87")
50.04 mm (1.97")
6000 Manifold
3/8" npt inlet
19.075 mm (.75")
Solenoid valve
cable entry
Solenoid valve assy
62.23 mm (2.45")
# 10-32 thd
375 deep
c’sink 82° to ø .323
mounting locations
121.67 mm
(4.79")
101.85 mm
(4.01")
76.21 mm
(3.00")
Needle valve,
screwdriver slot drive
38.15 mm
(1.50")
19.05 mm
(.75")
72.96 mm (2.87")
20.67 mm
(.79")
53.35 mm (2.10")
14.73 mm (.58")
38.15 mm
(1.50")
53.35 mm (2.10")
24.13 mm
(.95")
3/8" npt inlet
11.43 mm
(.45")
3/8" npt outlet
24.13 mm
(.91")
100
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
16.02 mm
(.63")
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Type X & Ex [px]
Operation Conditions
General Specifications
Enclosure Volume: 450 ft3 (12.7 m3)
Number of volume exchange:
4 to 19
Hazardous enviroment:
Gas, Dust, Gas + Dust
Operation mode for Purging (Rapid Exchange valve)
STD
Manually engage and disengage
SA
Manually engage, automatically disengage
FA
Automatically engage and disengage
Electrical Parameters
6000 Series control unit
Power requirement:
AC Version:
DC Version:
Outputs:
Enclosure contact output: (Dry contacts (2) SPST N.O.)
100 to 250 VAC/ 50-60Hz / 200 mA
20 to 30VDC / 600 mA
8 A @ 240 VAC
8 A @ 24 VDC
Auxiliary 1 contact output: (Dry contacts, SPDT)
2 A @ 240 VAC
2.0 A @ 24 VDC
Auxiliary 2 contact outputs: (Dry contacts, SPDT)
2 A @ 240 VAC
2.0 A @ 24 VDC
User Interface module:
LED indication
Safe Pressure:
Enclosure Power:
Rapid Exchange:
System Bypass:
Alarm Fault:
2.5 VDC @ 2 mA, I.S.
6000-TEMP-…, I.S.
I.S. connection via connector
Up to 2 vents can be connected
I.S. connection via M8 (V31) provided
LCD for menu driven set-up and operation
BLUE – Safe pressure is achieved
GREEN- power on, RED – power off
BLUE – when purging is running
YELLOW – when bypass is activated
RED blinking - any alarm input detected
RED solid – 6000 series system fault
Protective gas requirement: Instrument grade air or inert gas
Pressure requirement: 20 to 120 psig (Filter + Regulator not provided)
Safe pressure minimum:
Gas: 0.25” w.c. (6.4 mm w.c.)
Dust:
0.65” w.c. (16.5 mm w.c.)
Gas+Dust:
0.65” w.c. (16.5 mm w.c.)
Purging flow rate increment and enclosure pressures at flow rate:
• 5 SCFM @ 1.3” w.c. , (141 l/min @ 33 mm w.c.)
• 12 SCFM @ 2.5” w.c., (340 l/min @ 64 mm w.c.)
• 20 SCFM @ 3.1” w.c., (565 l/min @ 77 mm w.c.)
• 30 SCFM @ 3.4” w.c., (850 l/min @ 86 mm w.c.)
Flow rate (pressurization):
(depends on enclosure seal
and the vent used)
Inlet fitting to Manifold:
Outlet fitting from Manifold:
0.3 SCFM (9 l/min) and up
-4 ºF to +140 ºF (-20 ºC to +60 ºC)
-4 ºF to +140 ºF (-20 ºC to +60 ºC)
Mechanical Specifications
6000 Control unit
Protection class (for all electronics): Type 4X, IP66
Weight:
25 lb
¾” NPT male pipe (explosion proof seals required)
Power Connections:
I.S. Input connections: Terminal connection inside 6000 series unit
Material: Enclosure: 316L (UNS31603) Stainless Steel
Manifold valve: Anodized 6082 Aluminum
Fittings: 316L (UNS31603) Stainless Steel
EPV6000 Relief Vent
Flow rate measurement
Flow rate is measured in increments,
5, 12, 20, 30 SCFM, (141 l/min,
340 l/min, 565 l/min, 850 l/min)
Protection Class: Mounting fitting Type 4X, IP66
Weight: 2 lb
Power connections: M12 (V1) pin connector (mating connector
with cable comes with vent for
connection to the control unit); Intrinsically safe
Mounting: Mounting can be any orientation to the enclosure
Not dependent on gravity
Mounting hole: 1 ½” NPT knockout hole, mounting with sealed nut
Material: 6063 T6 Anodized Aluminum
EPV-6000-AA:
EPV-6000-SS: 303 (UNS30300) Stainless Steel cap
Spark arrestor assembly:
Protected with 304
(UNS31603) Stainless Steel Screen
Movable so that opening can be
positioned downwards
6000
SERIES
Model Number Designations
Pneumatic Parameters
-30 ºF to +190 ºF (-34 ºC to +88 ºC)
Type X & Ex [px]
Inputs:
Contact inputs 1,2,3,4: Temperature inputs: Vent(s) EPV6000: Storage Temp:
Operating Temp:
6000 Control unit:
EPV6000 vent:
Control Unit
6000 - DV - S2 - UN - WH - AC
Valve Type
DV - digital solenoid valve
NV - no valve
Safety Integrity Level
S2 - Standard
Connection Style
WH - with stainless steel housing
CK - component kit
XD - w/Ex de couplers
Power Supply
AC
- 100-250 VAC
DC
- 20-30 VDC
3/8" NPT female
3/8" bulkhead fitting provided
Vent
EPV - 6000 - AA - 1
Body Type
AA - anodized aluminum std.
SS - stainless steel cap
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
101
Notes
102
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Enviro-Line™
Description
The Enviro-Line series is an environmental pressurization
system designed for nonhazardous areas that contain
dusty, dirty, and corrosive atmospheres. It operates on a
supply of compressed instrument air or inert gas to regulate
and monitor the pressure within the sealed enclosure. This
prevents the accumulation of damaging and caustic gases
and dusts. The elimination of these gases and dusts extends
the life of the enclosure’s expensive electrical equipment and
instrumentation. Due to higher pressures inside the electrical
enclosure, corrosive environments remain outside. The
system maintains a constant 0.5" (1.25 mbar) water pressure
inside the enclosure. The Enviro-Line offers a complete
environmental pressurization system including a regulator
or vent, depending on your application. It is designed for
enclosures up to 250 ft3 (7.1 m3).
Enviro-Line™
Nonhazardous pressurization
Top Mount
EnviroLine
ENCLOSURE
Right Mount
An Enviro-Line pressurization system includes a
stainless steel panel, adaptable mounting plate,
enclosure pressure gauge, tubing, fittings and fastening
hardware—a complete kit, down to the nuts and bolts!
Enviro-Line
Left Mount
Panel Mount
Standard Model Applications
Bottom Mount
P+F makes it simple. Mounting plates are adaptable
for every configuration with the Enviro-Line kit. Simply
attach the mounting plate to best fit your application,
align the pressure gauge, and the Enviro-Line is ready
to go!
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
103
Enviro-Line™
Operation
Using the Enviro-Line pressurization unit is uncomplicated and straightforward.
The Enviro-Line pressurization unit is delivered as a complete kit and installs
easily with all connection and mounting accessories included. Since the unit is
designed for use in nonhazardous areas, power to the enclosure can be energized
prior to engaging the air supply. The redundant regulator is used to keep incoming
enclosure pressure at a maximum of 5 psi. The enclosure pressure control
regulator is used to set a safe reading on the enclosure pressure gauge after the
enclosure has been sealed. The Enviro-Line pressurization unit:
n
n
n
Ensures longer electrical equipment life
Keeps caustic/corrosive environment outside the enclosure
Avoids corroding electrical instrumentation
Mounting Kit
SMK-1
(SMK-4 for panel
mount)
Enclosure Protection Vent
EPV-3-GP-90....
(EPV vent not required
when using the
tamperproof regulator
as redundancy)
Enviro-Line
EnviroLine
Redundant
Regulator
WGS—
with general
purpose switch
Mounting
Plate
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
Warning Nameplate
EWN-....
(Included with panel)
System Specifications
Shipping Weight:
Temperature Range:
Supply Pressure Range:
Supply Requirements:
Safe Pressure:
Safe Pressure Flow Rate:
System Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Supply Fitting:
Enclosure Reference Fitting:
Enclosure
Reference
Inlet
Regulator Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Regulator Handle:
Polycarbonate
Enclosure Pressure Gauge:
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Tube Fittings:
Nickel Plated Brass Forged Body
Tubing:
Nylon or Polyethylene .035
System Nameplates:
Silk screened Lexan® & SS
Fastener Hardware:
Alum. & Stainless Steel
Mounting Plate:
316 14 Ga #3 Brush SS
Anodized Cast Alum.
General-purpose Switch Body:
Enclosure Warning Nameplate:
Silk screened SS
1/4" Reference Tubing
Enclosure Reference
Fitting GBC-4
WGS - 6 lb (2.7 kg) / LGS - 5 lb (2.3 kg)
-20 °F to +120 °F (-29 °C to +49 °C)
* 5 - 120 psi
Clean air or inert gas
0.5" water
0.1 - 3.5 SCFH
3/8" tube fitting
3/8" tube fitting
1/4" tube fitting
Model Number Designations
10E - WGS - WRR - UM
Series Model Number
System Style
WGS - with general-purpose switch
LGS - less general-purpose switch
System Options
WRR - with redundant regulator
WVT - with vent
Mounting Configuration
UM - universal mount - left, right, top or bottom
PM - panel mount - enclosure surface cutout
(PM not available with redundant regulator - WRR configuration)
System Accessories
EPC-10
ILF-4
129-0251
* With EPV-3 vent - 120 psi max. to 5 psi min.
Systems installed without vent must be equipped with redundant regulator set to 5 psi max.
1/2" Pipe Connector
1/4" Filter
Additional Installation & Operation Manual
System Dimensions
Panel mount
Everything you need for pressurization in nonhazardous dusty,
dirty or corrosive areas in ONE SIMPLE KIT!
MODEL NUMBER
10E-WGS-WRR-....
WGS
With general-purpose
switch
WRR
With redundant
regulator, with gauge
n
10E-LGS-WRR-....
10E-WGS-WVT-....
177.8 mm
(7.0")
Down to the nuts & bolts...
203.2 mm
(8.0")
152.4 mm
(6.0")
254 mm
(10.0")
152.4 mm
(6.0")
FITTINGS & CONNECTIONS (included)
WVT
With vent
EPV-3-SA-00 / 90
for top or side mount
228.6 mm
(9.0")
Universal mount
Available in universal or
panel mount
System
Supply Inlet
Enclosure
Pressure
Control
Regulator
Material Specifications
3/8" Supply Tubing
Enclosure Supply Fitting
GBC-6
Back View
Enclosure
Pressure
Gauge
1/4” stainless steel
hex bolts & nuts
3/8” supply tubing,
1/4” reference tubing
3/8” & 1/4”
connection fittings
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
10E-LGS-WVT-....
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Note: special configurations available upon request.
104
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Custom Cabinet Solutions
Capabilities
Pepperl+Fuchs can now build your industrial control
panel based on your specific needs. From the initial concept
to start-up and commissioning, P+F will provide you with
professional service and unmatched performance.
Custom Cabinet Solutions
Services
• Complete engineering for customer and
industry specific solutions
• Able to integrate our full line of P+F products into a cabinet
that reduces your time, effort, and costs
Purged Cabinet
INITIAL CONCEPT
CUSTOM
CABINETS
Custom Cabinets
BASIC DESIGN
DETAILED DESIGN
Field Junction Box
FACTORY/SITE ACCEPTANCE
TESTING
START-UP & COMMISSIONING
Intrinsic Safety Barrier Cabinet
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
105
Custom Cabinet Solutions
Your Single Source for Purged Cabinets
As a global leader in the field of purge and pressurization,
Pepperl+Fuchs can assist you in the installation and
implementation of a complete system, whatever your needs
may be. We can design and build an enclosure based on your
specification, and install the necessary purge equipment for
you, taking the guesswork out of your application.
Pepperl+Fuchs products are used throughout the world
in applications involving industrial, hazardous and corrosive
environments. By engineering a complete solution at our own
facility, Pepperl+Fuchs is able to offer its world-class products in
a variety of panels and enclosures designed and built according
to your needs.
Enclosure Features
•Stainless steel, aluminum, or glass reinforced plastic
enclosures (other materials available upon request)
• Enclosure sizes up to 450 ft3 (12.7 m³)
•Purge system pre-assembled to enclosure for easy
customer installation
• UL 698 system certification
• Type 4X/IP66 enclosure rating
• Customer specific solutions available
Cabinet with Enviro-Purge
Custom Cabinets
CUSTOM
CABINETS
Field Junction Box
Purged Cabinet
106
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Custom Cabinet Solutions
Customize Your Cabinets
Other Accessories Available
Terminal blocks, glands, fittings, wire
ducts, grounding bar, and mounting kits
Select Your Vent
Top mount or side
mount available
Select Your Purge System
Type X, Y, Z, or Enviro-Line
CUSTOM
CABINETS
Custom Cabinets
Choose Your Cabinet Material
Add other P+F Products
Intrinsic safety barriers, power
supplies, Fieldconnex fieldbus,
remote I/O, and surge protection
Choose Enclosure Sizes
up to 450 ft3 (12.7 m3)
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
107
Notes
108
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Introduction
Your Single Source for
Purge and Pressurization Equipment
System Accessories
Pepperl+Fuchs is your single source supplier for your
entire purge and pressurization system. We have all of
the accessories you’ll need to get your system up and
running quickly and efficiently. P+F accessories simplify
installation. The right part at the right time increases
uptime, productivity and profitability. Don’t jeopardize
the integrity of your purge and pressurization system.
Get the parts you need at Pepperl+Fuchs.
Features
•Provides easy installation for purge and pressurization
systems
•Provides equipment for specific applications
•Quality equipment to provide reliable performance
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
109
Accessories Table Of Contents
Cooler Indicator Gauge......................................................................................................................................111
Enclosure Protection Vents................................................................................................................................112
Enclosure Warning & Temperature Nameplates.................................................................................................114
In-Line Filter Kits................................................................................................................................................115
Enclosure Connection Kits & Tamperproof Regulator........................................................................................116
Explosion Proof & General-purpose Switch Kits................................................................................................117
"L" & "T" Style Conduit Fitting Kits....................................................................................................................119
Tubing & Pipe Connection Fitting.......................................................................................................................120
Surface Mounting Kits & Pipe Mounting Kits.....................................................................................................122
Universal Mounting Plates..................................................................................................................................124
Intrinsic Safety Barrier........................................................................................................................................126
Switch Resistor Module.....................................................................................................................................126
NAMUR Proximity Sensor..................................................................................................................................126
Key Lock Assembly............................................................................................................................................127
Redundant Pressure Switch...............................................................................................................................127
Remote Alarm Horn & Beacon Devices.............................................................................................................128
Type Y & Z—1000 Series Model Number Guide................................................................................................130
Type Y & Z—3000 Series Model Number Guide................................................................................................131
Type X—2000 Series Model Number Guide.......................................................................................................132
Type X—6000 Series Model Number Guide.......................................................................................................133
110
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Indicator Gauge
Description
Cooler Indicator Gauge
System Accessories
The cooler indicator gauge, sometimes called the
Vortex indicator gauge, is used on systems were there is
cooling required after purging. Normally after the purging
cycle, there is a small flow of protective gas required to
compensate for leakages, and to keep a constant pressure
within the enclosure so that the ingress of hazardous
atmosphere cannot get inside the enclosure. This is known
as pressurization. If the equipment inside the pressurized
enclosure requires cooling, either a higher flow rate of
protective gas is required through the pressurization valve,
or a second source of cooling gas is introduced into the
enclosure. The standard differential pressure gauge will
indicate pressurization only up to 0.5 inches (13 mm) water,
which may not be enough for cooling indication. The cooler
indicator gauge is installed onto the pressurization/purge
panel, and allows monitoring of the system during normal
operation of the purge and pressurization system.
Cooler Indicator Gauge
(Vortex Indicator Gauge)
Special Note
Specifications
TO ORDER PURGE AND PRESSURIZATION
UNITS EQUIPPED WITH A COOLER
INDICATION GAUGE, SPECIFY ‘VX’ IN
THE MODEL NUMBER DESIGNATION.
OPERATING RANGE
0 to 5 " (0 to 127 mm) water
Full range:
Low range red:
0 to 0.5 " (0 to 13 mm) water
Safe range green:
0.5 to 1.5 " (13 to 38 mm) water
Cooler/Rapid exchange range yellow:
1.5 to 4.5 " (38 to 114 mm) water
High range red:
4.5 to 5 " (114 to 127 mm) water
BODY COMPONENTS
Cover: Housing: Acrylic
Die cast aluminum coated to withstand
168 hour salt spray corrosion test
TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum overload pressure: 15 psig
Accuracy: ± 2% of full scale
Weight: 1.2 lb (510 g)
Process connection: 1/8” Female NPT duplicate high and
Low pressure taps, one pair side, one pair back
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
111
System Accessories
Enclosure Protection Vents
Description
System Accessories
Model EPV
Model EPV enclosure protection vents are self-seating
gravity controlled, low pressure relief valves designed to
ventilate excessive enclosure pressures that are created
by the Rapid Exchange® process, or the failure of the
enclosure pressure control devices. Each vent features a
seamless cap, a spark arresting (SA) style exhaust element,
a friction-free valve assembly, a base and a mounting hub.
The mounting hub, along with associated pipe fittings,
permits direct mounting through a round cutout on the
top or side of a protected enclosure. This device functions
in conjunction with Pepperl+Fuchs enclosure protection
systems, to reduce the hazardous (classified) area rating
within protected enclosure(s), in accordance with the
NEC - NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
In addition, this device protects enclosures from all limited
sources of pressure relief, regardless of source - i.e.
unrelated pneumatic equipment, such as analyzers or
other process control or measurement instrumentation.
Model EPV-1-SA-00
(Top Mount Configuration)
Model EPV-3-SA-90
(Side mount Configuration)
Vent Specifications
Vent Dimensions:
See Page 115
-00
-90
Shipping Weights lb (kg):
EPV-1: 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
-00: Top Mount
EPV-2: 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
-90: Side Mount
EPV-3: 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3)
EPV-4: 7 (3.2) 9 (4.1)
EPV-5: 10 (4.5) 12 (5.4)
Temp. Range:
-20 °F to +120 °F (-29 ºC to +49 ºC)
Normal Operating Pressure:
* 2" to 5" (50.8 mm to 127 mm) of Water
Maximum Operating Pressure:
** 5" to 7" (127 mm to 177 mm) of Water
* Normal operating pressure indicates average enclosure pressure when vent is used with
a compatible Rapid Exchange® purging system.
**Maximum operating pressure indicates enclosure pressure when vent is used with compatible
enclosure protection systems during simulated failure of all pressure control devices.
Operation
Pepperl+Fuchs enclosure protection vents operate in a
manner similar to a self-closing swing-check valve, and
must, therefore, be installed in a true vertical position.
They begin operation when pressure within the protected
enclosure exceeds 0.65 inches (16.5 mm) of water ± 0.1
inch (2.5 mm). When the valve seat cracks, pressure is
immediately released, and the effects of gravity begin
yielding to the forces of enclosure back-pressure. Each
vent is designed to operate in specific conjunction with
a cross-section of Pepperl+Fuchs Rapid Exchange and
pressurization/purging systems that exhibit similar flow
characteristics, in order to ventilate their maximum (total
failure condition) flow rate, while maintaining no more
than 5 to 7 inches (127 mm to 177 mm) of water pressure
within the protected enclosure(s).*
* Vent, Enclosure Protection System and protective gas supply
must be sized, installed and operated in strict accordance with
all related start-up instructions on the system, and with all related directives of the Installation and Operation Manual provided
with the Enclosure Protection System.
Material Specifications
BODY COMPONENTS
Vent Body Cap:
Vent Base:
Vent Mounting Hub:
Vent Pipe Fittings:
Vent Nameplates:
Fastener Hardware:
Spark Arrestor (SA):
Element Cap:
Valve Base:
Valve Seat Disc:
Valve Hinge:
Valve Pin & Rivets:
Disc Adhesive:
0.032" 3003 Drawn Alum.
A.S.E. 306, 308 Cast Alum.
Zinc Plated Steel
Schedule 40 3003 Alum.
Lexan®
316 SS
EXHAUST ELEMENTS
0.1" 100 Micron 316 SS
0.25" 6061 Alum.
VALVE ASSEMBLY
14 Ga. Machined 316 SS
14 Ga. Machined 316 SS
Zytel® 8018 - 14% Glass Fill
316 SS
Urethane Epoxy
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
Zytel® is a registered trademark of the DuPont Corporation
112
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
DO NOT REMOVE
VENT BODY CAP NUTS
Vent Body Cap
Model Number Designations
Vent Body Cap Nuts
All-Thread Cap
Retainer Bolt
Element Cap
Valve Assembly Base
Vent Body Base
Vent Body
Disassembly
Hex Nut
Vent Mounting Hub
Mounting Hub
O-Ring & Lock Ring
Special Note
FRICTION-FREE VALVE ASSEMBLY
CUSTOM FINISHES ARE AVAILABLE FOR ALL
ALUMINUM PARTS UPON REQUEST & INCLUDE,
BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, EPOXY OR POWDER
COATING & CLEAR ANODIZE FINISHES.
Pepperl+Fuchs Enclosure Protection Vent Valve Assemblies
are constructed from three major parts: the valve base, valve
hinge and valve seat disc. The valve base is a machine ported
flat plate which rests between the vent body base and exhaust
element. The valve hinge is rivet fastened to the base and its
effector extends over the valve port. The valve seat disc is
screw fastened to the effector, under controlled, hand-fitted
conditions, to obtain optimum valve seating characteristics.
REQUIRED USE INDICATES RAPID EXCHANGE®
SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE
A VENT FOR PROPER OPERATION
OPTIONAL USE INDICATES SYSTEMS THAT
REQUIRE A VENT
OR REDUNDANT SUPPLY REGULATOR
Vent Compatibility & Flow Rate Chart
Classification Notes
Vent Model Required Use Optional Use
SCFH ( l )/hr
SCFH ( l )/hr
@ 3" (76.2 mm) @ 7" (177.8 mm)
EPV-2-SA
11, 1011, 568 (16086)
1001A & 2001A
1044 (29566)
1012, 1002 685 (19399)
& 2002
1202 (34036)
EPV-3-SA1003,2003
3003 & 4003 1001B & 2001B
1143 (32370)
1971 (55819)
EPV-4-SA1004,2004
3004 & 4004 1001C & 2001C
2510 (71083)
4387 (124240)
4280
4479
EPV-5-SA
1005 & 2005
top of enclosure
side of enclosure
* Vent Size indicates standard trade conduit size.
See Overall Vent Dimensions for actual hub diameter
Model EPV-3-SA-00
Cut-Away
EPV-1-SA
System Accessories
Series Model Number
Vent Size *
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
3- 1 1/4"
4- 1 1/2"
5-2"
Element Style
SA
- Spark Arresting
Mounting Configuration
00 - Top Mount
90- Side Mount
Hinge Effector
& Valve Seat Disc
Spark Arresting
Exhaust Element
EPV - 1 - SA - 90
UL CLASSIFICATION & FM CERTIFIED APPLIES
TO SPARK ARRESTING VENTS FOR
USE IN CLASS I, DIVISION 1, GROUP A-D
LOCATIONS, AS SPARK ARRESTING DEVICES.
FM CERTIFIED APPLIES TO SA STYLE
VENTS FOR USE AS ENCLOSURE
OVER PRESSURIZATION PROTECTION DEVICES.
UL CLASSIFICATION & FM CERTIFIED
APPLIES TO SPARK ARRESTING
VENTS, WITHOUT VENT VALVE ASSEMBLIES,
FOR USE IN DILUTION APPLICATIONS.
Normal SCFH measured with enclosure pressure @ 3" (76.2 mm) of water
Max SCFH measured @ 7" (177.8 mm)
Overall
Vent
Dimensions
C
C
F
A
Vent Model
EPV-1
EPV-2
EPV-3
EPV-4
EPV-5
Hub Size
1/2"
3/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
A - Top Mnt. Hgt.
4.75 (120.7)
4.88 (123.8)
5.25 (133.4)
7 (177.8)
7 (177.8)
B - Side Mnt. Hgt.
7 (177.8)
7.36 (187.3)
8 (203.2)
11 (279.4)
11.5 (292.1)
C - Cap Diameter
4 (101.6)
4.63 (117.5)
5 (127)
8 (203.2)
8 (203.2)
D - Hub Diameter
0.88 (22.2)
1.13 (28.6)
1.75 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
2.5 (63.5)
E - Overall Width
4.25 (108)
5.25 (133.4)
5.5 (139.7)
9 (228.6)
9 (228.6)
F - Cap Length
2.75 (69.9)
2.75 (69.9)
2.75 (69.9)
3.75 (95.3)
3.75 (95.3)
B
D
D
E
Hub Size indicates standard trade conduit size. All other dimensions indicated in inches (mm). All vents require 4" to 7" (101.6 mm to 177.8 mm) underside clearance for testing.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
113
System Accessories
Enclosure Warning & Temperature Nameplates
Description
System Accessories
Model EWN & ETW
Model EWN Warning Nameplates are attached to
enclosures that utilize Pepperl+Fuchs Enclosure Protection
Systems. Model EWN-1, for use in Class I (Zone 1) areas,
warns against opening the enclosure unless the area is
free of flammable vapors or unless all devices within the
enclosure have been deenergized. It also warns against
energizing devices within the enclosure until it is purged in
accordance with protection system instructions. Model
EWN-2, for Class II (Zone 2) areas, provides the same
warnings indicated above. In addition, it requires removal
of hazardous dusts within the enclosure, before it is
repressurized. Both nameplates provide locations for
Pepperl+Fuchs or user inscribed markings. The markings
indicate the area classification (Class, Division, Group
& Zones), the pressurization type (X, Y or Z) and the
temperature code of the protected enclosure. At time
of order, the user may specify or decline the marking
inscriptions. These nameplates function in conjunction
with Pepperl+Fuchs Enclosure Protection Systems,
to reduce the hazardous (classified) area rating within
protected enclosure(s), in accordance with the NEC NFPA 70, Article 500, NFPA 496 and ISA 12.4.
Model EWN-1
ETW Description
Model EWN-2
Model ETW warning nameplates are attached to
enclosures that contain devices with a surface temperature
that exceeds 80% of the auto-ignition temperature for
the hazardous substance in the surrounding atmosphere.
The wording clearly warns personnel against opening the
protected enclosure until all devices within the enclosure
have been deenergized for a specific time period to permit
necessary cooling of all hot devices. The time period
appears as a Pepperl+Fuchs or user inscribed marking.
At time of order, user may specify or decline a time period
marking inscription.
Important Note
Model ETW-15
NAMEPLATES ARE SHOWN SMALLER THAN ACTUAL SIZE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 496 REQUIREMENTS,
MODEL EWN & ETW NAMEPLATES MUST BE PLACED
PROMINENTLY NEAR ANY DOOR OR COVER THAT
MAY BE OPENED TO EXPOSE THE PROTECTED
DEVICES WITHIN AN ENCLOSURE TO THE
SURROUNDING ATMOSPHERE.
Special Note
Specifications
EWN-1 & -2 Dimensions:
ETW Dimensions:
Mounting Hole:
Adhesive Backing:
Material:
Finish:
EWN Inscriptions:
EWN-__-XX
ETW Inscriptions:
ETW-XX-X
114
5.5" W x 1.5" H
4.5" W x 2" H
0.125"
3M
Polished 316 SS
Red Silkscreen
Class, Group, Div. & Zones
Pressurization Type
Temperature Code
Time in Minutes
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
ONE (1) PLATE IS FURNISHED WITH EACH P+F
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION SYSTEM.
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
WITHOUT NOTICE.
REQUIRED ACCESSORIES
For Protected Enclosure
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
In-Line Filter
Description
Model ILF
ILFK Description
Model ILF-4
Model ILFK-4
SHOWN IN "OUTBOARD"
POSITION
Model ILFK In-Line Filter Kits are ready to be installed
filters that are shipped as part of the above listed Enclosure
Protection System Models. The filter can be mounted
directly to the enclosure protection system regulator using
a male tube stub adaptor fitting, and can be positioned
"inboard" (concealed behind the system) or "outboard"
(exposed beside the system).
The filter will accept a model SC straight connector or
NC ninety connector to accommodate standard 1/4", 3/8"
or 1/2" diameter, 0.035" seamless or welded wall stainless
steel tubing.
NOTE: For shipping purposes, filters are shipped loose
with the purge panel.
System Accessories
Model ILF In-Line Filters are loose shipped accessories
that enhance Enclosure Protection System Models 11
and 1011, Models 1001A, B & C and Models 2001A, B & C.
The filters ensure that the protective gas supply to the
above listed models is essentially free of moisture and dirt
particles, and should be located in a prominent location
where they will receive normal maintenance considerations.
As indicated below, these filters can be adapted with fittings
to be attached directly to the above listed models, in a
proper, vertical position.
Model ILF-6
Model ILF-8
Model ILFK-4
SHOWN IN "INBOARD"
POSITION
Filter & Filter Kit Specifications
Important Note
ILFK FILTERS CAN BE INSTALLED SO THAT A
TIGHTENING MOTION OF THE REGULATOR INLET
FITTING ACHIEVES THE ALTERNATE FILTER
POSITION (INBOARD OR OUTBOARD).
General Specifications
Max. Supply Pressure:
Temp. Range:
Bowl Material:
Drain Valve:
ILFK Tube Fittings:
120 psi
-20 °F to +120 °F
Clear Polycarbonate
Brass Pet Cock w/Cap
316 SS
Models ILF-4 & ILFK-4
FOR EXAMPLE, A LEFT HAND CONFIGURED
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION SYSTEM WOULD BE
FITTED WITH THE ILFK IN THE OUTBOARD
POSITION. THE USER COULD THEN TIGHTEN THE
REGULATOR FITTING TO OBTAIN THE INBOARD
FILTER POSITION IF DESIRED, WITHOUT BEING
FORCED TO REMOVE THE REGULATOR FROM
THE MOUNTING PLATE (SEE PHOTOS ABOVE).
THIS FEATURE IS INCORPORATED TO PREVENT
THE INLET FITTING FROM BEING LOOSENED
DURING INSTALLATION.
Special Note
MODEL ILF FILTERS ARE ALSO IDEAL PRE-FILTERS
FOR RAPID EXCHANGE® PURGING SYSTEMS.
PLEASE CONSULT A FACTORY SALES
REPRESENTATIVE FOR MORE INFORMATION.
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
WITHOUT NOTICE.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Connection Size:
Compatible Models: Capacity & Filtration:
Body Material:
ILF-4 Shipping Weight:
ILF-4 Dimensions:
1/4" FPT
11, 1011,
1001A & 2001A
1 oz. @ 20 Micron
Anodized Alum.
2 lb
4.159 H x 1.625 Diam.
Models ILF-6 & ILFK-6
Connection Size:
Compatible Models:
Capacity & Filtration:
Body Material:
Bowl Guard:
ILF-6 Shipping Weight:
ILF-6 Dimensions:
3/8" FPT
1001B & 2001B
5 oz. @ 40 Micron
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Black ABS
3 lb
6.316 H x 2.875 Diam.
Models ILF-8 & ILFK-8
Connection Size:
Compatible Models: Capacity & Filtration:
Body Material:
Bowl Guard:
ILF-8 Shipping Weight:
ILF-8 Dimensions:
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
1/2 " FPT
1001C & 2001C
8 oz. @ 40 Micron
Alum. w/Enamel Finish
Black ABS
4 lb
6.875 H x 3.750 Diam.
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
115
System Accessories
Enclosure Connection Kits & Tamperproof Regulator
Model ECK Description
Model ECK & TR
System Accessories
Model ECK-11 & ECK-1001A enclosure connection kits
are factory installed tubing kits that enhance enclosure
protection system Models 11 and 1001A in flange mounted
(LH, RH, TM & BM) configurations. Model ECK eliminates
the requirement for tubing skills, thus allowing OEM
installers to quickly and effortlessly adapt a Model 11 or
1001A to their existing product, utilizing only basic hand
tools and drills. The kit terminates at flush connector fittings
which penetrate the system's mounting flange, for a tight,
compact installation. This feature is limited to Model 11
& 1001A systems, because they cover broad application
ranges and are intended for a single, small enclosure,
where this connection method is considered practical and
safe under all conditions. Installation of systems equipped
with this kit requires the addition of two holes to the normal
mounting hole pattern. Must be ordered at time of ordering
the panel.
Model TR Description
Model ECK-1001A
ENCLOSURE CONNECTION KIT
FITTED ON MODEL 1001A-LPS SYSTEM
Model TR-10/TR-30
TAMPERPROOF
REGULATOR
The tamperproof regulators feature a mounting ring,
removable cap and hex key adjustment stem. These
regulators have a 0-30 psi gauge, and are intended for
use as a redundant, tamperproof regulator for enclosure
protection system models, Class I, < 2 ft3 and Class II systems,
when the systems are installed without an enclosure
protection vent. The tamperproof regulator is intended to
prevent tampering, while allowing a more stable setpoint to
be achieved. As an enhancement, it is designed to offset the
possible need for more costly, precision low flow regulators
(please consult factory for more information).
Model TR-10G/TR-30G
TAMPERPROOF REGULATOR
WITH GAUGE
Specifications
Tube Fittings:
Lock Nuts:
O Ring:
Mounting Hole:
Model ECK-11 & ECK-1001A
Model TR-10 & TR-10G
Supply Pressure:
120 psi max.
Supply Connection:
1/4" FPT
Gauge Connection:
1/8" FPT
Range:
0-30 psi
Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Handle:Polycarbonate
Hex Key Size:
5/64"
Gauge:
Steel Case & Brass Tube
Model TR-30 & TR-30G
Supply Pressure:
120 psi max.
Supply Connection:
1/2" FPT
Gauge Connection:
1/4" FPT
Range:
0-30 psi
Body:
Zinc w/Enamel Finish
Handle:Polycarbonate
Hex Key Size:
5/64"
Gauge:
Steel Case & Brass Tube
116
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Special Note
316 SS
316 SS
Neoprene
0.453"
A 5/64" HEX KEY OR ALLEN WRENCH
IS REQUIRED TO OPERATE.
THE TAMPERPROOF REGULATOR
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
WITHOUT NOTICE.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Explosion Proof & General-Purpose Switch Kits
EPSK Description
GPSK Description
Model GPSK-1 and GPSK-2 general-purpose switch
kits are similar to Model EPSK-1 and EPSK-2 above, but
are not rated for hazardous outdoor locations and are
intended for mounting inside the protected enclosure.
Therefore, the switch connections are reversed so that the
high port references enclosure pressure with a vent, and
the low port references atmospheric pressure with tubing
to the bulkhead union. The switches must be wired with
an intrinsically safe alarm signal circuit, or be considered
as protected devices that can be deenergized along
with all similar devices before the protected enclosure is
opened. Alarm devices may be protected by other suitable
means (such as an explosion proof beacon or horn,
mounted externally, with a conduit seal).
Material Specifications
Body:
Diaphragm:
Calibration Spring:
Fasteners & Fittings:
Body:
Diaphragm:
Diaphragm Plate:
Calibration Spring:
Fasteners & Fittings:
Model EPSK
Model GPSK
Anodized Cast Alum.
Fluorosilicone Rubber
Stainless Steel
316 SS
Zinc Plated Steel
Molded Silicone Rubber
Aluminum
Stainless Steel
316 SS
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Model EPSK & GPSK
Model EPSK
System Accessories
Model EPSK-1 and EPSK-2 explosion proof switch
kits are loose accessories that provide electrical contacts
for audible or visual alarm devices that signal a loss of
protected enclosure pressure. Model EPSK-1 is calibrated
to alarm at 0.15" for Class I applications. Model EPSK-2 is
calibrated to 0.50" for Class II applications. The kits
consist of a pre-fitted explosion proof differential pressure
switch, an enclosure pressure reference bulkhead union
w/vent and mounting bolts for the switch. The switches
feature an atmospheric reference vent in the low port and
an enclosure pressure reference tube fitting in the high
port. The switches are, therefore, intended to mount
outside the protected enclosure and are suitable for
hazardous (classified) outdoor locations. The installer
must first mount the pressure switch and bulkhead union,
then install tubing between the switch's enclosure pressure
reference tube fitting and the bulkhead union. Wiring
must be installed with a seal and conduit fittings that
are suitable for the location. Alarm circuit power may
be derived from the protected enclosure power source
or an intrinsically safe alarm signal source. However, all
associated alarm devices must be protected by suitable
means (explosion proof, purged or intrinsically safe).
Model GPSK
EPSK Specifications
CALIBRATION & OPERATING RANGE
(Decr) 0.15" ± 0.02"
(Decr) 0.15" ± 0.02"
(Decr) 0.50" ± 0.02"
GENERAL INFORMATION
Switch Dimensions:
3.50" H x 4.25" Diam.
Shipping Weight:
5 lb
-40 °F to +140 °F
Temp. Range:
Maximum Surge Pressure:
10 psi
1/4"
Reference Tube Fitting Size:
Switch Conduit Port Size:
1/2" FPT
Switch Contact Type:
Form C
Switch Contact Rating:
WPS Style:
120 VAC, 15 A
WPSA Style: *** 120/220 VAC, 24 VDC @ 10 A; 125 VDC @ 50 mA
Switch (WPSA) Power Requirement:
24 / 120 / 240 VDC @ 3 /4 /11 watts
UL Listing
Cl. I & II, Div. 1, Gr. C-G
Model EPSK-1:
Model EPSK-1A: Cl. I & II, Div. 1, Gr. A-G
Installation Position:
Diaphragm Vertical
Life of Contacts:
6000 Cycles
Model EPSK-1:
Model EPSK-1A:
Model EPSK-2:
* Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240 VAC available upon request.
GPSK Specifications
CALIBRATION & OPERATING RANGE
Model GPSK-1:
(Decr) 0.15" ± 0.02"
Operating Range (for Class I applications):
0.07" - 0.15"
Model GPSK-2:
(Decr) 0.50" ± 0.02"
Operating Range (for Class II applications):
0.40" - 1.60"
GENERAL INFORMATION
Switch Dimensions:
Shipping Weight:
Temp. Range:
Maximum Surge Pressure:
Reference Tube Fitting Size:
Switch Conduit Port Size:
Switch Contact Type:
Switch Contact Rating:
U.L. Listing:
Installation Position:
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
2.50" H x 3.50" Diam.
3 lb
-30 °F to +180 °F
10 psi
1/4"
1/2" Knockout
Form C
120 VAC, 15 A
Gen. Purpose / Type 1
Diaphragm Vertical
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
117
System Accessories
Explosion Proof & General-Purpose Switch Kits
Typical EPSK Installation
Typical GPSK Installation
Protected Enclosure
System Accessories
Protected Enclosure
Bulkhead
Union
Model EPSK
Low Port
Vent
Wiring
High Port
Tubing
High Port
Vent
Bulkhead
Union
Low
Port
Tubing
Wiring
ALARM WIRING FROM INTRINSICALLY
SAFE ALARM CIRCUIT, OR PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE POWER THAT IS
DEENERGIZED BEFORE PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE CAN BE OPENED
ALARM WIRE FROM PROTECTED
ENCLOSURE POWER SOURCE OR
INTRINSICALLY SAFE ALARM CIRCUIT,
INSTALLED WITH EXPLOSION PROOF
CONDUIT, UNION AND SEAL FITTINGS
Terminal Block Connections
Cover
Bolt Hole
Mounting Hole Diameter: 0.265"
Mounting Hole Centers: 4.875"
Electrical
Switch
Contacts
GPSK, EPSK & WPS Terminal Block Connections
COM
Switch
Body
Low
Port
Sintered
Vent
Switch
Mounting
Bolt Hole
1/2" Conduit
Port
GPSK, EPSK & WPS "Normally Closed" Wiring Configuration
N.O.
High
Port
Tube
Fitting
N.C.
Pressure
Switch
Local Alarm Horn
or Beacon
EPSK-1A & WPSA Terminal Block Connections
Model EPSK
with Cover removed
Grounding
Screw
(+)
COM
Mounting Hole Diameter: 0.156"
Mounting Hole Centers: 4.250"
(not visible)
Switch
Body
Set-Point
Calibration
Screw
Low Port
Tube Fitting
Model GPSK
with Cover removed
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
N.O.
N.C.
(-)
120 VAC Power Supply
(Supply voltages 24 VDC and 240
VAC available upon request)
120 VAC Neutral
120 VAC Hot
Alarm Switching
Alarm Normally Closed
Alarm Normally Open
Alarm Common
EPSK-1A & WPSA "Normally Closed" Wiring Configuration
Alarm System
Power Source
1/2" Conduit
Port
N.O.
N.C.
120 VAC Power Supply
(Supply voltages 24 VDC and
240 VAC available upon request)
Electrical
Switch
Contacts
High Port
Sintered
Vent
Switch
Mounting
Bolt Hole
N.C.
Alarm Switching
Alarm Normally Closed
Alarm Normally Open
Alarm Common
Bulkhead Union Mounting Hole: 0.4531" (29/64")
EPSK Screws: 1/4-20 x 3/4" GPSK Screws: 8/32 x 1/2"
Grounding
Screw
N.O.
Alarm System
Power Source
Set-Point
Calibration
Screw
118
Model GPSK
Local Alarm Horn
or Beacon
(+)
Pressure
(-) Switch
Important Note
MODEL EPSK AND GPSK KITS FUNCTION IN
CONJUNCTION WITH P+F LPS STYLE TYPE
Y & Z ENCLOSURE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, TO
PROVIDE AN ALARM TO INDICATE LOSS OF
PROTECTED ENCLOSURE PRESSURE, IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC - NFPA 70,
ARTICLE 500, NFPA 496 AND ISA 12.4.
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
WARRANTY & LIABILITY POLICIES
AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
"L" & "T" Style Conduit Fitting Kits
LCK Description
Model LCK & TCK
System Accessories
Model LCK is a kit of loosely shipped conduit fittings that
initiate the basic conduit installation between an enclosure
protection system and the protected enclosure, for power
and/or alarm wiring connections. The kit consists of a
conduit union, two close nipples, a conduit seal, an elbow
or "L" conduit fitting, and an enclosure mounting hub.
When utilized with WPS style Type Y or Z systems, the
kit is used to carry alarm signal wiring to the protected
enclosure. The wire is then routed to its final destination,
such as a remote annunciator, or a beacon on top of the
enclosure. When utilized with Type X systems, the kit is
normally used to carry power wiring to the protected
enclosure. In both cases, basic installation requires
punching a 1/2" conduit knockout in the enclosure,
cutting one (1) 1/2" pipe nipple to length, and installing
the kit between the system and protected enclosure.
TCK Description
Model TCK is a kit of loose shipped fittings that
accomplishes the same function as Model LCK above,
but includes a tee or "T" fitting for a third connection
point, along with an additional seal and close nipple. This
kit, therefore, not only initiates the basic conduit installation
between an enclosure protection system and the protected
enclosure, but also provides for a third wiring connection
path to another device, such as a power switch or local alarm.
Model LCK
Model TCK
Custom Conduit Kits
In addition to the kits above, Pepperl+Fuchs can produce
any conduit assembly for repeat OEM orders. These custom
assemblies can include, but are not limited to, pre-fitted
conduit and pigtail wiring or MI cable assemblies. Customer
must provide a detailed installation drawing with precise
dimensions to receive an accurate quotation. Please consult
a factory sales representative for more information.
Important Note
MODEL LCK & TCK ARE OFFERED PRIMARILY TO
OEMS ATTEMPTING TO ACHIEVE A "FIELD-READY"
INSTALLATION. IN ALL CASES, LIMITED PIPE
FITTING SKILLS WILL BE REQUIRED. PRE-CUT 150#
GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE NIPPLES CAN BE
ACQUIRED FROM LOCAL PLUMBING SHOPS, BUT
A HOLE SAW OR PUNCH AND WRENCHES ARE
REQUIRED TO INSTALL KITS.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
For All Type X Systems & WPS
Style Y & Z Systems
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Kit Specifications
Shipping Weight:
UL Listing:
Connection Size:
Union Fitting:
Pipe Nipples:
Seal, L & T Fittings:
Enclosure Hub:
Hub O Ring:
Wire Guard Insert:
LCK - 5 lb / TCK - 6 lb
Cl. I & II, Div. 1, Gr. B-G
1/2" Trade Conduit
Anodized Alum.
150# Galvanized Pipe
Cast Alum.
Zinc Plated Steel
Neoprene
G.E. Lexan®
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
Special Note
ALL SEALS MUST BE POURED UPON FINAL INSTALLATION WITH AN
APPROVED COMPOUND FROM THE SEAL MANUFACTURER. A TWO
(2.0) OUNCE PACKET OF APPROVED SEALING COMPOUND AND A
ONE-FIFTH (0.2) OUNCE PACKET OF SEAL PACKING FIBER ARE
PROVIDED WITH EACH KIT, AND MUST BE FORWARDED TO THE
FINAL INSTALLATION SITE IF NOT UTILIZED DURING KIT INSTALLATION.
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
119
System Accessories
Tubing & Pipe Connection Fitting
System Accessories
Model SC, NC,
EBC, EFC & EPC
SC & NC Fittings
Model SC Straight Connector and NC Ninety Connector
fittings provide a standard tubing connection for the female
regulator port of most Rapid Exchange® Purging Systems.
When these systems are outfitted with Model SC or NC
fittings, they can be connected to the protective gas supply
with standard 1/4", 3/8" or 1/2" diameter, 0.035" wall
stainless steel tubing. Model 1005 & 2005 systems are
not accommodated because they require a direct 1/2" pipe
connection to the protective gas supply for proper operation.
EFC Fittings
Model SC
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR
Model NC
NINETY CONNECTOR
Model EFC enclosure flush connector fittings provide
a standard tubing connection on the protected enclosure(s).
Because these fittings feature a neoprene O ring and short
body, they form an exceptional seal, requiring the smallest
possible amount of interior clearance. They are intended
for the tubing supply connection on the first enclosure of
any installation, and are compatible with all systems, except
Models 1005 & 2005. In addition, Model EFC-4 fittings
provide the enclosure pressure reference connection on
any enclosure for any Pepperl+Fuchs enclosure protection
system, because all Pepperl+Fuchs systems feature a 1/4"
tube fitting on the enclosure pressure reference port.
EBC Fittings
Model EBC
ENCLOSURE BULKHEAD CONNECTOR
Model EBC enclosure bulkhead connector fittings provide
a standard bulkhead tubing connection on a protected
enclosure. The fitting features tubing nuts on both ends, to
permit tubing to continue through the surface of an enclosure.
They are suitable for the enclosure supply connection on
any system, with exception to Models 1005 & 2005. These
fittings are often used to increase the outward aesthetic
appearance of an installation, because they can be mounted
directly behind a system and be connected by a short
piece of tubing. Then, another piece of tubing can be routed
inside the enclosure to the desired point of supply discharge.
This method of installation conceals the supply tube, and
leaves the outside surface of the enclosure free of obstructions.
EPC Fittings
Model EFC
ENCLOSURE FLUSH CONNECTOR
120
Model EPC
ENCLOSURE PIPE CONNECTOR
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Model EPC (Enclosure Pipe Connector) fittings provide a
standard female pipe connection on a protected enclosure to
terminate pipe connections between multiple enclosures. The
pipe connections may be used solely to transfer protective
gas, but may also be used as "pressurized raceways" if
adequate precautions are taken to insure an unrestricted flow
of protective gas. Model EPC-10 is suitable for the supply
connection between an enclosure and a Model 1005 or 2005
system. While these fittings are normally associated with the
use of electrical conduits, their strong construction makes them
ideally suited for low pressure applications; but they are by no
means intended for high pressure pneumatic service.
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Typical System Installation & Fitting Use
Model
SC or
NC
Model Number Designations
EFC - 4
Model
EFC-4
P+F
Enclosure
Protection
System
Protected
Enclosure
Protected
Enclosure
Enclosure
Supply
Model EFC,
EBC or EPC
Multiple
Enclosure
Connection
Model EPC
Sizes 4-8 apply to SC, NC, EFC & EBC Style Fittings
Sizes 10-15 apply to EPC Style Fittings only
System Accessories
Enclosure
Reference
System
Supply
Fitting Style
SC - Straight Male Tubing Connector
NC- Ninety Male Tubing Connector
EFC
- Enclosure Tubing Flush Connector
w/O Ring & Lock Nut
EBC
- Enclosure Tubing Bulkhead Connector
w/Lock Nut
EPC
- Enclosure Pipe Connector
w/O Ring & Lock Ring
Fitting Connection Size
4 - 1/4" Tubing / 1/4" Male Pipe Thread
6 - 3/8" Tubing / 1/4" Male Pipe Thread
8 - 1/2" Tubing / 1/4" Male Pipe Thread
10 - 1/2" Female Pipe Thread
12 - 3/4" Female Pipe Thread
13 - 1" Female Pipe Thread
14 - 1 1/2" Female Pipe Thread
15 - 2" Female Pipe Thread
Fitting Specification, Compatibility & Use Chart
Model
Connections
Compatible Systems
Intended Use
Cutout
NC-4
1/4" T x 1/4" MPT
1012, 1002 & 2002
System Supply
n/a
NC-6-4 3/8" T x 1/4" MPT
3003 & 4003
System Supply
n/a
NC-6
3/8" T x 3/8" MPT
1003 & 2003
System Supply
n/a
SC-6-8 3/8" T x 1/2" MPT
3003 & 4003
Encl. Supply
n/a
NC-8
1/2" T x 1/2" MPT
1004 & 2004
System Supply
n/a
SC-4
1/4" T x 1/4" MPT
n/a
1012, 1002 & 2002
System Supply
SC-6-4 3/8" T x 1/4" MPT
3003 & 4003
System Supply
n/a
SC-6
3/8" T x 3/8" MPT
1003 & 2003
System Supply
n/a
SC-8
1/2" T x 1/2" MPT 1004, 2004, 3004 & 4004
System Supply
n/a
Encl. Supply
n/a
SC-6-8 3/8" T x 1/2" MPT
3003 & 4003
EFC-4
1/4" T
ALL SYSTEMS
Encl. Reference 0.453"
EFC-4
1/4" T
11, 1011 & 1001A
Encl. Supply
0.453"
EFC-4
1/4" T
1012, 1002 & 2002 Encl. Supply
0.453"
EFC-6
3/8" T
1003, 2003, 3004 & 4004
Encl. Supply
0.578"
EFC-8
1/2" T
1004, 2004, 3004 & 4004
Encl. Supply
0.765"
EBC-4
1/4" T x 1/4" T
11, 1011 & 1001A
Encl. Supply
0.453"
EBC-4
1/4" T x 1/4" T
1012, 1002 & 2002
Encl. Supply
0.453"
EBC-6
3/8" T x 3/8" T
1001B, 1003, 2001B,
2003, 3004 & 4004
Encl. Supply
0.578"
EBC-8
1/2" T x 1/2" T
1001C, 1004, 2001C, 2004, 3004 & 4004
Encl. Supply
0.765"
Encl. Supply
0.750"
EPC-10
1/2" FPT
1005 & 2005
EPC-10
1/2" FPT
11, 1011 & 1001A
Mlt. Encl. Conn. 0.750"
EPC-12
3/4" FPT
1012, 1002 & 2002
Mlt. Encl. Conn. 1.125"
EPC-13
1" FPT
1001B, 1003, 2001B,
2003, 3004 & 4004
Mlt. Encl. Conn. 1.375"
EPC-14
1 1/2" FPT
1001C, 1004, 2001C,
2004, 3004 & 4004
Mlt. Encl. Conn. 2.000"
1005 & 2005
Mlt. Encl. Conn. 2.500"
EPC-15
2" FPT
"T" indicates Tubing Nut & Ferrule Assembly
"MPT" indicates Male Pipe Thread "FPT" indicates Female Pipe Thread
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
Material Specifications
Model SC, NC & EBC
Body:
Finish:
316 SS
Bright Annealed
Model EFC
Body:
Finish:
O Ring:
316 SS
Bright Annealed
Neoprene
Model EPC
Body:Steel
Finish:
Zinc Plated
O Ring:
Neoprene
Wire Guard Insert:
G. E. Lexan®
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General
Electric Company
Special Note
THE DIAGRAM AND CHART SHOWN HERE
DO NOT APPLY TO PANEL MOUNT
CONFIGURATION SYSTEMS.
PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY
FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION.
Important Notes
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
ALL FITTINGS SOLD AT OR BELOW
MANUFACTURER'S LIST PRICE.
WARRANTY & LIABILITY POLICIES
AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
121
System Accessories
Surface Mounting Kits & Pipe Mounting Kits
SMK-1, 2, & 3
System Accessories
Model SMK & PMK
SMK-1
Models SMK-1, 2, & 3 Surface Mounting Kits are
fasteners that permit the attachment of Pepperl+Fuchs
Systems featuring LH (left-hand), RH (right-hand), TM (top
mount), BM (bottom mount) or WM (wall mount) plate
configurations to flat surfaces. These kits include 316
stainless steel, hex-head bolts with flat washers, lock
washers, and hex nuts, in quantities and sizes as follows:
SMK-2
SMK-3
SMK-1four
SMK-2four
SMK-3six
1/4"
3/8"
3/8"
SMK-4, 6, 8, & 10
Models SMK-4, 6, 8, & 10 Surface Mounting Kits are
fasteners that permit the attachment of Pepperl+Fuchs
Systems featuring FM (frame mount) or PM (panel mount)
plate configurations through a surface cutout. These kits
include 316 stainless steel, phillips-head screws, 14 gauge
retainer clips, flat washers, lock washers, and hex nuts, in
quantities and sizes as follows:
SMK-4
SMK-6
SMK-6m
SMK-4
SMK-6 (m)
SMK-8 (m)
SMK-10
SMK-8
SMK-8m
SMK-10
four1/4"
six
1/4"
eight
1/4"
ten
1/4" PMK-1, 2, & 3
Models PMK-1, 2, & 3 are fasteners that permit the
attachment of Pepperl+Fuchs Systems featuring LH
(left-hand), RH (right-hand), TM (top mount), or BM
(bottom mount) plate configurations to 2" schedule 40
pipe. These kits include 316 stainless steel U-bolts with
flat washers, lock washers, and hex nuts, in quantities
and sizes as follows:
PMK-1
PMK-1 two1/4"
PMK-2 two3/8"
PMK-3
three
3/8" PMK-2
PMK-3
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
For All Pepperl+Fuchs
Enclosure Protection Systems
122
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
SMK 1, 2 & 3 Application
PMK 1, 2 & 3 Application
System Accessories
System/Mounting Kit Compatibility
LH, RH, TM, BM, VM & HM
WM
FM & PM
MODEL
SURFACE
PIPE
SURFACE
CUTOUT
1011
SMK-1
N/A
N/A
SMK-4
1012
SMK-1
N/A
N/A
SMK-4
11 LPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-4
11 WPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-4
1001A LPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-4
1001A WPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-6
1001B LPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-4
1001B WPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-6
1001C LPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-4
1001C WPS
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-6
SMK-8
1002 LPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
1002 WPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
SMK-8
1003 LPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
SMK-8
1003 WPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
SMK-8
1004 LPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
SMK-8
1004WPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
SMK-8
1005 LPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
SMK-8
1005 WPS
SMK-2
PMK-2
SMK-2
SMK-8
2001A
SMK-3
PMK-3
SMK-2
SMK-10
2001B
SMK-3
PMK-3
SMK-2
SMK-10
SMK-10
2001C
SMK-3
PMK-3
SMK-2
2002
SMK-3
PMK-3
SMK-2
SMK-10
2003
SMK-3
PMK-3
SMK-2
SMK-10
2004
SMK-3
PMK-3
SMK-2
SMK-10
2005
SMK-3
PMK-3
SMK-2
SMK-10
3000
SMK-1
PMK-1
SMK-1
SMK-6m
4000
SMK-3
PMK-1
SMK-3
SMK-8m
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
SMK 4, 6, 8 & 10
Application
Important Notes
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
WARRANTY & LIABILITY POLICIES
AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
123
System Accessories
For Type Y & Z LPS Style System
Description
System Accessories
Universal
Mounting Plates
Face
Plate
Universal
Flange
The Universal Mounting Plate is an alternative to the
standard LPS style mounting plates listed on the specification
bulletins for Pepperl+Fuchs Model 1001A, 1002, 1003,
1004 & 1005 Type Y & Z enclosure protection systems.
The Universal Mounting (UM) Plate is furnished as one
(1) face plate containing all system components and one
(1) universal flange. The universal flange is furnished with
fasteners for attachment to any side of the face plate,
allowing the installer to select a left hand (LH), right hand
(RH), top mount (TM) or bottom mount (BM) configuration.
The face plate for all models is also suitable for a frame
mount (FM) configuration. In addition, the face plate for
Model 1001A and 1002 Systems is also suitable for a
panel mount (PM) configuration, with minor modifications
to the enclosure pressure gauge connections. The Universal
Mounting Plate is specified by designating the initials "UM"
as the Protection System model number's mounting
configuration suffix, as shown in the following example:
Example: 1002-LPS-CI-Z-UM
Optional
Wall Flanges
Optional wall flanges are also available for all models,
to allow the installer to mount a UM face plate parallel to a
flat surface in a wall mount (WM) configuration. The wall
flanges include required fasteners for the UM face plate,
and can be ordered as a separate line item by designating
the initials "WF", followed by the system model number,
as shown in the following example:
Example: WF-1002
Specifications
Dimensions:
Material:
Fasteners:
Shipping Weight:
See Page 127
Brushed 14 Gauge 316 SS
1/4" SS Hex Bolts & Nuts
See System Bulletin
Refer to each individual system specification bulletin for
material and performance information on selected enclosure
protection systems.
Permits the field selection
of multiple mounting configurations
for our most popular Type Y & Z Systems
UNIVERSAL MOUNTING
For Model 1001A, 1002, 1003,
1004 & 1005 LPS Systems
Universal & Optional Wall Flange Configurations & Mounting Dimensions
FACE PLATES WITH
UNIVERSAL FLANGE
Left Hand (LH)
Right Hand (RH)
Top Mount (TM)
FACE PLATE WITHOUT
UNIVERSAL FLANGE
Bottom Mount (BM)
* Frame Mount (FM)
FACE PLATE WITH
WALL FLANGES
Wall Mount (WM)
* Suitable for Panel Mount (PM) on Models 1001A & 1002 only
124
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Model 1001A &1002 Panel Mount Conversion
Special Note
High
Port
Sintered
Vent
4"
3.375"
.625"
1"
Universal Flange
Model #
A
B
C
1001A 9" 8"0.25"
1002
1003
13" 12" 0.375"
1004
14" 13" 0.375"
1005
14" 13" 0.375"
Important Notes
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
WITHOUT NOTICE.
WARRANTY & LIABILITY POLICIES
AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
Flange Depth: 6"
Wall Flange
E
G
F
B
11" 10" 0.375"
MOUNTING HARDWARE SUCH AS P+F MODEL
SMK-1 OR SMK-2 IS REQUIRED TO SECURE THE
UNIVERSAL OR WALL FLANGES TO THE
PROTECTED ENCLOSURE FOR LH, RH, TM, BM
AND WM CONFIGURATIONS. MOUNTING
HARDWARE SUCH AS P+F MODEL SMK-4 OR
SMK-8 IS REQUIRED TO SECURE THE FACE PLATE
TO THE PROTECTED ENCLOSURE FOR FM AND PM
CONFIGURATIONS. REFER TO THE LISTING OF
UNIVERSAL MOUNTING PLATE ACCESSORIES ON
THE REAR COVER FOR MORE INFORMATION.
A P+F MODEL NC NINETY CONNECTOR OR AN
EQUIVALENT FITTING IS REQUIRE FOR THE SUPPLY
INLET ON MODEL 1002, 1003, 1004 & 1005
PURGING SYSTEMS THAT ARE MOUNTED IN
A RIGHT HAND (RH) CONFIGURATION.
C
TYP. 4
A
Universal Flange
Footprint
H
TYP. 4
System Accessories
Perform the following procedure
to convert Model 1001A or 1002
Enclosure Pressure Gauge for
Panel Mount (PM) configuration.
1. Secure one Model GCK
Conversion Kit, including SC-2
Fitting & PRB-4 Vent.
Low
Port
2. Remove venturi orifice and run
tee from the high port of the
gauge and discard.
3. Remove sintered vent from
SC-2
low port.
Sintered Vent
4. Reinstall sintered vent into
PRB-4 high port.
PRB-4
5. Install Model SC-2 fitting into
low port.
Standard
Panel Mount
Configuration
Configuration 6. Install Model PRB-4 vent
through enclosure surface
(prior to conversion) (after conversion)
(vent end out) and connect
tubing (customer supplied)
between SC-2 & PRB-4.
Run
Tee
Venturi
Orifice
D
Wall Flange
Footprint
Model #
D
E
F
G
H
1001A 8" 8" 1".5" 0.25"
1002
9" 9" 2" 1" 0.375"
1003
11" 11" 2" 1" 0.375"
1004
12" 12" 2" 1" 0.375"
1005
12" 12" 2" 1" 0.375"
Universal Mounting Plate Accessories
SUPPLY CONNECTION FITTINGS
NC-4
1/4" Ninety Connector-1002
NC-6
3/8" Ninety Connector-1003
NC-8 1/2" Ninety Connector-1004 & 1005
1001A & 1002 PANEL MOUNT CONVERSION
GCK
Gauge Conversion Kit
WALL MOUNTING FLANGES
WF-1001A
WF-1002
WF-1003
Wall Flanges
Wall Flanges
Wall Flanges
WF-1004
WF-1005
Wall Flanges
Wall Flanges
SYSTEM MOUNTING HARDWARE
SMK-1
SMK-2
SMK-4
SMK-8
1001A LH, RH, TM,
BM & WM configs.
1002-1005 LH, RH, TM,
BM & WM configs.
1001A & 1002
for FM or PM configs.
1003-1005 for FM configs.
PRESSURE LOSS ALARM SWITCHES
EPSK-1
EPSK-1A
GPSK-1
EPSK-2
GPSK-2
Cl. I System
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
Cl. I System
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
Cl. I System
General-purpose Switch Kit
Cl. II System
Explosion Proof Switch Kit
Cl. II System
General-purpose Switch Kit
SEE SYSTEM SPECIFICATION BULLETINS FOR ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES SUCH AS ENCLOSURE CONNECTION FITTINGS,
PIPE MOUNTING KITS AND PURGE LOSS ALARM HORNS & BEACONS
Face
Plate
Dimensions
`
Model Number
1001A
1002
1003
1004
1005
Height
9
11
13
14
14
Width
9
11
13
14
14
6.75
5
Depth
5
5
5.75
Dimensions shown in inches. For FM & PM panel cutout dimensions, subtract three quarters (0.75") of an inch from overall system height & width.
Height & width dimensions reflect face plate measurements. Depth dimension reflects overall depth of all front and rear mounted components.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
125
System Accessories
Type X EPCU Accessories
Model ISB Description
System Accessories
Model: ISB, SRM,
NJ..., L, RP1 & RP2
Barrier Fault & Active
Status Indicators
Redundant
Controller (GAL)
Primary
Microprocessor
Barrier C
Socket
Factory
Programming
Header
Barrier B
Socket
Power
Module
Cable
Header
Barrier A
Socket
Barrier Wiring
Terminal
Pressure Switch
Calibration Access
EDT,
SLT &
RET Timers
LED Status
Display
Typical EPCU Logic Module (2000 Series Only)
Model ISB intrinsic safety barriers are factory installed
and programmed galvanically isolated transformers that
receive remote control signals to operate the EPCU
(electrical power control unit) on Type X Systems. The EPCU
logic module can accommodate up to three model ISB
transformers, known as ISB-1, 2 and 3, located along
the left side. The transformers are designed to function
in conjunction with a customer furnished switch and
Pepperl+Fuchs Model SRM-4000 switch resistor module,
or a Pepperl+Fuchs model NJ... Proximity Detector. Each
transformer develops an isolated low power signal, to
create a two wire closed loop circuit. Operational status
of each barrier is indicated by a pair of LEDs positioned
to the left of ISB. The green LEDs show active (closed
switch) status, and the red LEDs show barrier or wiring
fault status. Isolated conduit entries, a solid body wireway
with snap cover and Lexan® wiring partitions, provide a
fully isolated customer wiring path to a six point terminal
strip which provides input and output connections to each
barrier. All barriers can be reprogrammed by the factory to
duplicate other barrier functions, upon request.
Model SRM Description
Model SRM-6000
Switch Resistor Module
Model NJ...
NAMUR Proximity Sensor
MODEL ISB
Intrinsic Safety Barrier
Model SRM-4000 switch resistor module is an interface
device that must be fitted between a customer's switch
and Pepperl+Fuchs ISB barrier, to activate or deactivate
the intended barrier. The Module consists of a ten-foot cable,
a small plastic case and a 6" two-wire lead that is intended
for the switch. When installed correctly, the module allows
the ISB transformer to detect three distinct conditions as
follows: (1) the switch is open, (2) the switch is closed and
(3) the wire is broken. The long cable end of the module
is typically installed through a dedicated entry on the side
of the EPCU, and is routed to the customer's switch. The
cable can be installed in free air tray or conduit, and must
be isolated from all other power sources. The switch or
relay contact that provides the switch signal must be fully
isolated from all other power sources.
Model NJ... Sensor Description
Model ISB Operation
Barrier A (ISB-1) - when customer's switch opens
Disables start-up & Rapid Exchange cycle, deenergizes enclosure power
and alarm relays, Functions parallel to safe pressure switch
Typical Interface Devices
Door contact switch, remote pressure switch, emergency shutdown switch, gas detector
Barrier B (ISB-2) - when customer's switch opens
Disables Rapid Exchange cycle, Functions parallel to Rapid Exchange switch
The model NJ… NAMUR proximity sensor is offered
as an alternative to using the model SRM-400 switch
resistor module and a customer furnished switch. It is an
interface sensor that fits directly to the Pepperl+Fuchs
ISB barrier and activates and deactivates the intended
barrier. When placed within 1/16'' of a metallic surface,
the sensor closes and activates the intended barrier. As
the detector moves away from the metallic surface, the
detector opens and the barrier is deactivated.
NOTE: It is necessary to reprogram the EPCU when
using the NJ…NAMUR proximity sensor.
Typical Interface Devices
Enclosure protection vent flow switch, remote pressure switch
Barrier C (ISB-3) - when customer's switch closes
Energizes Rapid Exchange solenoid valve
Typical Interface Devices
Purgeable instrument access door switch, gas detector,
temperature switch
126
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
For Pepperl+Fuchs Type X
Enclosure Power Control Units
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Type X EPCU Accessories
Model L Description
Model L
System Accessories
Model L (keyed alike) key lock assemblies are factory
installed anodized key lock operators that modify the
power control switch on a Type X System EPCU. The
assemblies feature a zinc body locking cam, with a
stainless spring cover cap and spring loaded lockout
plunger, a precision machined body, mounting base and
two keys. The assemblies are most commonly used on
an EPCU programmed to operate in CB (conditional
bypass) power control modes (see Type X System power
control options).
Model L Operation
Design features require the operator to insert the key to
travel between the "Off" and "On" positions. When the
"On" position is attained, the spring loaded plunger engages
and drops to the body surface. In order to travel to the
"Off" or "Bypass" positions, the operator must pull the
plunger upward with their free hand, before the key will
turn. This design performs two very important functions.
First, it prevents the EPCU from being placed in bypass
unintentionally, while attempting to turn the unit on. Second,
it prevents the EPCU from being turned off unintentionally,
while attempting to disengage bypass. The key is only
removable in the "Off" and "On" positions to prevent or
limit the unattended or unauthorized use of the bypass
feature. Model L assemblies can also be utilized with
EPCUs programmed for NR (Normal Running). In these
applications, the bypass position is disabled and the key
is removable in the on or off position.
Model RP1 & RP2
Model RP1 redundant safe pressure switches and
Model RP2 redundant Rapid Exchange® switches are
factory installed differential pressure switches that are
wired to operate in series with the switches included with
standard EPCUs. In these applications, the primary and
redundant switch must be satisfied before the EPCU will
initiate or execute start-up functions (see Type X bulletins
EPCU operation).
In special applications the redundant switches can
be wired parallel to create a dual channel purging
or pressurization system, capable of protecting two
enclosures separately and simultaneously. Please consult
with a factory sales representative for more information.
Model L
Key Lock Assembly
Typical Model L Installation
Primary
Safe
Pressure
Switch
Primary
Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Safe
Pressure
Switch
(RP1)
Space for
Optional
Redundant
Rapid
Exchange®
Switch
(RP2)
Typical EPCU Pressure Switch Module
Ordering Information
Model RP1 & RP2 Redundant
Pressure Switches
Models ISB, L, RP1 & RP2 are factory installed and
must be ordered with a system. Please check with
model nomenclature for correct order information.
Important Note
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
WARRANTY & LIABILITY POLICIES AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
127
System Accessories
Remote Alarm Horn & Beacon Devices
RAH Horn Description
Model RAH,
RAB-1 & RAB-2
System Accessories
Model RAH horns provide an electrically generated
audible alarm to indicate the loss of pressure in the
protected enclosure. It is formed from cast aluminum, is
corrosion resistant and features a vibrating stainless steel
diaphragm. The horn should be located in a prominent
location where it can attract immediate attention, and
is rated for Class I or II, Division 1 or 2, Group C-G
hazardous areas. The Model RAH horn requires 120 VAC
power and can be controlled by the normally closed
pressure loss alarm contacts of "WPS" style Type Y and
Z Systems, Model EPSK and GPSK switches and all Type
X Systems. The horn can be pendant or surface mounted
and features a 3/4" female conduit port. Installation requires
the use of seal-flex (Div. 2) or rigid (Div. 1) conduit and a
conduit seal. The horn has a 100 decibel output and features
an internally mounted volume control for field adjustment.
RAB-2 Description
MODEL RAH
Division 1 rated alarm horn
Model RAB-2 beacons provide an electrically generated
flashing visual alarm to indicate loss of protected enclosure
pressure. The beacon is formed from cast aluminum, is
corrosion resistant and features a flash tube bulb rated
for 1,000 hours. It should be located in a prominent
location where it can attract immediate attention, and is
rated for Class I or II, Division 2, Group A-G hazardous
areas. The RAB beacon requires 120 VAC power and can
be controlled by the normally closed pressure loss alarm
contacts of "WPS" style Type Y and Z Systems and all
Type X Systems. The beacon is pendant mountable and
features a 3/4" female conduit port. Installation requires
the use of rigid conduit and a conduit seal. The light
flashes at 80 pulses per minute, it has a 520,000 peak
candle power rating and a 165 effective (visible) candle
power rating and features a red shatterproof globe.
RAB-1 Description
Model RAB-1 is identical to RAB-2 with exception to
the following details: The flash tube bulb's rated for 2,000
hours. The beacon is rated for Class I or II, Division 1,
Group C-G hazardous areas. The beacon has a 2,000,000
peak candle power rating and a 850 effective (visible)
candle power rating and features a red fresnel lens and
clear shatterproof globe.
MODEL RAB-1
Division 1 rated flashing
alarm beacon
MODEL RAB-2
Division 2 rated flashing
alarm beacon
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
For Pepperl+Fuchs
Enclosure Power Control Units
128
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Remote Alarm Horn & Beacon Devices
Device Specifications
MODEL RAH
Dimensions:
7.625" H x 6.875" Diam. x 6.5" D
Mounting Hole Centers:
6.5" on 45°angle
Wiring Method:
8" 2-Wire Pigtail
Shipping Weight:
12 lb
-31 °F to +150 °F
Temp. Range:
Power Consumption:
0.2 A
Maximum Sound Level:
100 Decibels at 10 ft.
U.L. Listing:
Class I, Div. 1, Group C-G
MODEL RAB-1
15.5" H x 8.75" Diam.
Dimensions:
Wiring Method:
Screw Terminals
35 lb
Shipping Weight:
-35 °F to +104 °F
Temp. Range:
0.6 A
Power Consumption:
80/minute
Flash Rate:
*2,000,000 / **850
PCp / ECp:
U.L. Listing:
Class I, Div. 1, Group C-G
MODEL RAB-2
8.75" H x 5.5" Diam.
Dimensions:
Wiring Method:
24" 2-Wire Pigtail
15 lb
Shipping Weight:
-40 °F to +149 °F
Temp. Range:
0.35 A
Power Consumption:
80/minute
Flash Rate:
*520,000 / **165
PCp / ECp:
UL Listing:
Class I, Div. 2, Group A-G
* PCp - Peak (instrument measured) Candle power
** ECp - Effective (visually observed) Candle power
Material Specifications
Body:
Finish:
Grill:
Diaphragm:
MODEL RAH
Copper-Free Cast Aluminum
Grey Enamel
Die Cast Zinc
304 Stainless Steel
MODEL RAB-1 & RAB-2
Body:
Copper-Free Cast Aluminum
Finish:
RAB-1 Tan Powder Epoxy
RAB-2 Black Epoxy
Exposed Fasteners:
Stainless Steel
Globe:
Shatterproof Glass
Fresnel Lens (RAB-1):
Lexan®
Cover: 6.875" Diam.
Die Cast Zinc Grill
1/4" Mounting Hole
3/4" Conduit Entry
8" 2-Wire Pigtail
(not shown)
Model RAH
3/4" Conduit Pendant
System Accessories
COMMON SPECIFICATIONS
120 VAC @ 50/60 Hz
Power Requirements:
3/4" FPT
Conduit Connections:
Construction Rating:
RAH - Not Rated
RAB-1 & RAB-2 - NEMA 4X
Cast Aluminum Housing
Electrical Connection
Block Housing
Explosion-Proof
Cast Aluminum
Housing
Globe Retainer Ring
Red Lexan® Fresnel Lens
High Intensity Strobe Light
Clear Heavy-Duty
Glass Globe
Model RAB-1
24" 2-Wire Pigtail
(not shown)
3/4" Conduit Pendant
Explosion-Proof
Cast Aluminum
Housing
Globe Retainer Ring
Lexan® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company
High Intensity Strobe Light
Special Note
ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
WITHOUT NOTICE.
Red Glass Globe
WARRANTY & LIABILITY POLICIES AVAILABLE
UPON REQUEST.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Model RAB-2
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
129
System Accessories
Type Y & Z
Pepperl+Fuchs supplies purge and pressurization systems custom built to your specifications. To ensure the integrity of your
system, certain accessory items must be factory installed.
System Accessories
The Model Number and Accessories Guide identifies those parts that must be included on your purge and pressurization
system order.
130
11/1000 Series — Model Number Designations and Accessories Guide
11/1000 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
Series Model Number
11, 1001A, 1001B, 1001C, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005, 1011, 1012
System Style
LPS - Less pressure switch
WPS - With pressure switch
WPSA - With pressure switch (120 VAC Standard)
Area Classification
CI - Class I Area
CII - Class II Area
System Type
YZ
- Div. 1 to Div. 2, Div. 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
LH - Left hand (left side of enclosure)
RH - Right hand (right side of enclosure)
TM - Top mount (top of enclosure)
BM - Bottom mount (bottom of enclosure)
WM - Wall mount (wall surface)
FM - Frame mount (external frame or rack)
PM - Panel mount (enclosure surface cutout, not available in WPS or WPSA Style)
Enclosure Connection Kit
ECK - Enclosure connection kit
Cooler Indicator Gauge (see page 111)
VX - Vortex
Voltage (for WPSA switch only)
24 VDC - Voltage Direct Currents
240 VAC- Voltage Alternating Currents
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Type Y & Z
Pepperl+Fuchs supplies purge and pressurization systems custom built to your specifications. To ensure the integrity of your
system, certain accessory items must be factory installed.
The Model Number and Accessories Guide identifies those parts that must be included on your purge and pressurization
system order.
3000 -
-
-
-
-
-
Series Model Number
3003 and 3004
System Style
LPS - Less pressure switch
WPS - With pressure switch (does not have ATEX certification)
WPSA- With pressure switch (120 VAC Standard)
Area Classification
CI - Class I / Zone 2 Area
System Type
YZ - Div. 1 to Div. 2 / Div. 2 / Zone 2 to Nonhazardous
Mounting Configuration
VML - Vertical Mount Left
VMR - Vertical Mount Right
HMT
- Horizontal Mount Top
HMB - Horizontal Mount Bottom
CK
- Component Kit - LPS style only
Cooler Indicator Gauge (see page 111)
VX - Vortex
Voltage (for WPSA switch only)
24 VDC - Voltage Direct Currents
240 VAC- Voltage Alternating Currents
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
3000 Series — Model Number Designations and Accessories Guide
131
System Accessories
Type X
Pepperl+Fuchs supplies purge and pressurization systems custom built to your specifications. To ensure the integrity of your
system, certain accessory items must be factory installed.
System Accessories
The Model Number and Accessories Guide identifies those parts that must be included on your purge and pressurization
system order.
132
2000 Series — Model Number Designations and Accessories Guide
2000 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Series Model Number
2001A, 2001B, 2001C, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
System Style
STD - Standard
SA - Semiautomatic
FA
- Fully Automatic
Area Classification
CI - Class I, Group C & D Area
CII - Class II, Group E, F & G Area
IB
- Class I, Group B Area (STD Only)
Power Control Mode
NR
- Normal Running
CB
- Conditional Bypass
Mounting Configuration
LH - Left hand (left side of enclosure)
RH - Right hand (right side of enclosure)
TM - Top mount (top of enclosure)
BM - Bottom mount (bottom of enclosure)
WM - Wall mount (wall surface)
FM* - Frame mount (external frame or rack)
PM* - Panel mount (enclosure surface cutout)
* FM & PM configurations feature flush mount EPCU.
Flush mount EPCU is not suitable for Group B Area.
Cooler Indicator Gauge (see page 111)
VX - Vortex
Key Lock Assembly (see page 127)
L - Key Lock Assembly
Redundant Pressure Switches (see page 127)
RP1 - Redundant Safe Pressure Switches
RP2 - Redundant Rapid Exchange® Pressure Switches
RP3 - Both Switches
Voltage
240 VAC- Voltage Alternating Currents
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
Type X
Pepperl+Fuchs supplies purge and pressurization systems custom built to your specifications. To ensure the integrity of your
system, certain accessory items must be factory installed.
The Model Number and Accessories Guide identifies those parts that must be included on your purge and pressurization
system order.
6000 -
-
-
-
Series Model Number
6000
Valve Type
DV - Digital solenoid valve
NV - No valve
Saftey Integrety Level
S2 - Standard
Connection Style
WH - With stainless steel housing
CK - Component kit
XD - W/Ex de cable glands
Power Supply
AC - 95-220 VAC
DC - 24 VDC
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
System Accessories
6000 Series — Model Number Designations and Accessories Guide
133
Notes
134
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Appendix
•Warranty Terms and Conditions
•Glossary
•Purging Times References
•Conversion Charts
•Model Number Index
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
135
Appendix
Glossary
Alarm Equipment that generates a visual or audible signal that is intended to attract attention.
Compensation pressurization The protective gas that flows through the enclosure (after the area is purged)
to compensate for leaks and sustain pressure inside the containment.
Continuous purging To continuously purge the enclosure after the initial purging stage is completed. This
feature also cools the equipment inside the enclosure.
Enclosure volume The volume of an enclosure, measured while it is empty.
Ignition temperature The ignition temperature of the hazardous atmosphere.
Indicator A device that indicates pressure or flow rate and is periodically checked.
Power equipment that requires or switches power greater than 2,500 VA.
Pressurization Supplying an enclosure with a protective gas so that the pressure inside the enclosure is
greater than the pressure outside of it. This pressure differential prevents the hazardous atmosphere from
penetrating the enclosure.
Protective enclosure The enclosure protected by purging or pressurization.
Protective gas The protective gas used to purge or pressurize the enclosure.
Protective gas supply A compressor, blower or compressed gas supply that provides protective gas.
Purging Supplying an enclosure with a protective gas at a sufficient flow and positive to reduce the
concentration of any flammable gas or vapor initially present to acceptable level.
Specific particle density The density of a dust particle.
Type X pressurizing Reduces the classification within the protective enclosure from Division 1 to
nonhazardous.
Type Y pressurizing Reduces the classification within the protective enclosure from Division 1 to Division 2.
Type Z pressurizing Reduces the classification within the protective enclosure from Division 2 to nonhazardous.
Ex 'px' Reduces the classification within the protective enclosure from Zone 1 to nonhazardous
Ex 'py' Reduces the classification within the protective enclosure from Zone 1 to Zone 2
Ex 'pz' Reduces the classification within the protective enclosure from Zone 2 to nonhazardous
136
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Appendix
Purging Times Reference
Selecting the Correct EPV with Vortex Cooling
The Vortex cooler is a mechanical device that separates the cold and hot compressed air supply. Cool air is
directed into the enclosure and cools off the equipment. Because the vortex cooler is introducing an extra airflow
into the enclosure, the combination of the pressurization flow and vortex flow will increase the enclosure pressure.
The additional flow from the Vortex cooler could exceed the flow of the vent.
Two parameters must be determined before sizing the correct vent for the system:
(1) Maximum flow rate of the Vortex cooler
(2) Maximum pressure allowed for the enclosure
Adding both parameters results in the maximum flow rate of the system. The data sheet for the EPV (pg. 112-113)
provides the maximum flow rate for each vent. Choose a vent from the maximum flow rate calculated above for a
pressure acceptable for the enclosure.
Example: Customer is using a Vortex cooler and a 3003 panel. The Vortex cooler has a max. flow rate of 30 ft3/min. (1800 ft3/hr). Which vent should be used?
Purge rate of the panel: 12 ft3/min (provided in the 3003 data sheet)
Vortex flow rate:
30 ft3/min
Max. flow rate:
42 ft3/min x 60 = 2520 ft3/hr
Vent Compatibility & Flow Chart
Normal SCFH @ 3”H2O
Enclosure Protection Vent
Maximum SCFH @ 7”H2O
EPV-3-SA…
1143
1971
2510
4387
EPV-4-SA… The EPV-4-SA… unit is the best choice for this application. When the rapid exchange and vortex cooler is on, the
enclosure pressure is around 3” H2O. This is normal for purging/pressurization systems. When Vortex cooler is
used in a purge and pressurization system, the next size EPV is often required for the application.
Conversion Charts
Pressure Conversion
To convert
to
Volume Conversion
Multiply by
Inches water
mm water
25.4
Inches water
psi
0.036
Inches water
mbar
2.49
Inches water
kPa
0.249
mm water
Inches water
0.039
mm water
psi
0.0014
mm water
mbar
0.0979
mm water
kPa
0.00979
psi
Inches water
27.73
psi
mm water
704
psimbar 68.95
psikPa 6.895
mbar
Inches water
0.402
mbar
mm water
10.21
mbarpsi
0.0145
mbarkPa
0.100
kpa
Inches water
4.022
kpa
mm water
102.15
kpapsi
0.145
kpambar 10.00
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
To convert
to
Multiply by
Cubic inches
Cubic inches
Cubic feet
Cubic feet
Liters
Liters
Cubic feet
Liters
Cubic inches
Liters
Cubic inches
Cubic feet
5.787x10-4
0.0164
1,728
28.34
60.98
0.0353
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
137
Appendix
Purging Times Reference
Purge Times for Type X, Y and Z Systems
This procedure is used to calculate the time required to purge a Type X, Y or Z system for Class I areas. Purging is
required to expel the hazardous atmosphere from the protective enclosure so that equipment within the enclosure
can be energized safely. The following information is required to calculate the purge time for a protective enclosure:
•
•
•
•
Enclosure volume
Flow rate
Motors inside the enclosure
Purge media
Enclosure volume The volume of the protective enclosure when it is empty. The easiest way to obtain this is to
take the outside measurements of the enclosure. If several enclosures are pneumatically linked, include the volume
of each enclosure and the volume of the tubes linking them. Make sure the tubes are large enough to prevent
excess back pressure in the first enclosure.
Flow rate The flow rate is determined by the purge system. The flow rate is indicated on the panel under the
instruction label for Type Y or Z systems. For Type X systems, the flow rate is stated in the startup manual.
Motors If a motor or another enclosure is inside the protective enclosure, the enclosure must be purged at least
ten times the enclosure volume. If no motor is present, only four volumes need to be purged. For IEC and EN
standards, five volumes must be purged.
Purge Media Flow rates, differential pressure gauges and switches are calibrated with air as the protective gas. If
another gas is used, use the following density correction factor:
molecular weight of air
Density correction factor =
molecular weight of protective gas
Example: A Type Z, Class I, Division 2 system has a protective enclosure size of 36" x 36" x 40". Calculate the time to purge the enclosure with nitrogen (molecular weight 28.01) and with air (molecular weight 28.96).
1
Area of protective enclosure = 36" x 36" x 40" = 51,840 in3
Since 1 ft3 = 1,728 in3, 51,840 in. ÷ 1,728 in3 / ft3 = 30.0 ft3.
2
For an enclosure of 30 cu. ft., select 3003 purge panel. The flow rate during purging is 12 cu. ft. per minute as indicated on the label.
3 There is no motor or internal enclosure inside the protective enclosure so four times the volume must
be purged.
30 ft3 x 4 volume changes
4
If the protective gas is air: 12 ft3/min
If the protective gas is nitrogen:
30 ft3 x 4 volume
changes
3
12 ft /min
138
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
= 10 minutes
= 10 min. x 28.96 = 10.3 minutes
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
28.01
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Appendix
Conversion Charts
Temperature Conversions
Locate the known temperature in center column. If known temperature is in °C,
read °F equivalent in right-hand column. If known temperature is in °F, read °C
equivalent in left-hand column.
Celsius
Fahrenheit
Celsius
Fahrenheit
°C = (°F - 32) x 5/9
°F = (°C x 9/5) +32
Celsius
Fahrenheit
-273-459.4
-268
-262
-257
-251
-450
-440
-430
-420
-13.38
-12.8
-12.2
-11.7
-11.1
9
10
11
12
46.4
48.2
50.0
51.8
53.6
17.263
17.8
64
18.3
65
18.9
66
19.4
67
145.4
147.2
149.0
150.8
152.6
-246
-240
-234
-229
-223
-410
-400
-390
-380
-370
-10.6
-10.0
-9.4
-8.9
-8.3
13
14
15
16
17
55.4
57.2
59.0
60.8
62.6
20.0
20.6
21.1
21.7
22.2
68
69
70
71
72
154.4
156.2
158.0
159.8
161.6
-218
-212
-207
-201
-196
-360
-350
-340
-330
-320
-7.8
-7.2
-6.7
-6.1
-5.6
18
19
20
21
22
64.4
66.2
68.0
69.8
71.6
22.8
23.3
23.9
24.4
25.0
73
74
75
76
77
163.4
165.2
167.0
168.8
170.6
-190
-184
-179
-173
-169
-310
-300
-290
-280
-273
-459.4
-5.0
-4.4
-3.9
-3.3
-2.8
23
24
25
26
27
73.4
75.2
77.0
78.8
80.6
25.6
26.1
26.7
27.2
27.8
78
79
80
81
82
172.4
174.2
176.0
177.8
179.6
-168
-162
-157
-151
-146
-270
-260
-250
-240
-230
-454
-436
-418
-400
-382
-2.2
-1.7
-1.1
-0.6
0.0
28
29
30
31
32
82.4
84.2
86.0
87.8
89.6
28.3
28.9
29.4
30.0
30.6
83
84
85
86
87
181.4
183.2
185.0
186.8
188.6
-140
-134
-129
-123
-118
-220
-210
-200
-190
-180
-364
-346
-328
-310
-292
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.2
2.8
33
34
35
36
37
91.4
93.2
95.0
96.8
98.6
31.1
31.7
32.2
32.8
33.3
88
89
90
91
92
190.4
192.2
194.0
195.8
197.6
-112
-107
-101
-96
-90
-170
-160
-150
-140
-130
-274
-256
-238
-220
-202
3.3
3.9
4.4
5.0
5.6
38
39
40
41
42
100.4
102.2
104.0
105.8
107.6
33.9
34.4
35.0
35.6
36.1
93
94
95
96
97
199.4
201.2
203.0
204.8
206.6
-84
-79
-73
-68
-62
-120
-110
-100
-90
-80
-184
-166
-148
-130
-112
6.1
6.7
7.2
7.8
8.3
43
44
45
46
47
109.4
111.2
113.0
114.8
116.6
36.7
37.2
37.8
43.0
49
98
99
100
110
120
208.4
210.2
212.0
230.0
248
-57
-51
-46
-40
-34
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-94
-76
-58
-40
-22
8.9
9.4
10.0
10.6
11.1
48
49
50
51
52
118.4
120.2
122.0
123.8
125.6
54
60
66
71
77
130
140
150
160
170
266
284
302
320
338
-29
-23
-17.8
-17.2
-16.7
-20
-10
0
1
2
-4
14
32
33.8
35.6
11.7
12.2
12.8
13.3
13.9
53
54
55
56
57
127.4
129.2
131.0
132.8
134.6
82
88
93
99
100
180
190
200
210
212
356
374
392
410
414
3
4
5
6
7
37.4
39.2
41.0
42.8
44.6
14.4
15.0
15.6
16.1
16.7
58
59
60
61
62
136.4
138.2
140.0
141.8
143.6
-16.1
-15.6
-15.0
-14.4
-13.9
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
139
Appendix
Model Number Index
Model Number
11 1001A
1001B 1001C 1002
1003
1004
1005
1011
1012 2001A
2001B
2001C
2002 2003 2004
2005 3003 3004 6000 Series Cooler Indicator Gauge EBC ECK-11
ECK-1001A
EFC EPC EPSK-1
EPSK-2
EPV-1-SA-00 EPV-1-SA-90 EPV-2-SA-00 EPV-2-SA-90 EPV-3-SA-00 EPV-3-SA-90 EPV-4-SA-00 EPV-4-SA-90 EPV-5-SA-00 EPV-5-SA-90 ETW-15 EWN-1 EWN-2 GPSK-1 GPSK-2 ILF-4 Description
Page
Type Y and Z, Class I (≤ 2 ft3) and Class II (≤ 10 ft3) 39
Type Y and Z, Class I (≤ 2 ft3) and Class II ( ≤ 10 ft3) 25
Type Y and Z, Class II (≤ 50 ft3) 27
Type Y and Z, Class II (≤ 250 ft3) 29
Type Y and Z, Class I (≤ 15 ft3) 31
Type Y and Z, Class I (≤ 75 ft3) 33
Type Y and Z, Class I (≤ 200 ft3) 35
Type Y and Z, Class I (≤ 450 ft3) 37
Type Z, Class I (≤ 2 ft3) and Class II (≤ 10 ft3)41
Type Z, Class I ( ≤ 15 ft3) 43
Type X, Class I (≤ 2 ft3) and Class II ( ≤ 10 ft3) 63
Type X, Class II ( ≤ 50 ft3)67
Type X, Class II ( ≤ 250 ft3)71
Type X, Class I ( ≤ 15 ft3) 75
Type X, Class I ( ≤ 75 ft3) 79
Type X, Class I ( ≤ 200 ft3) 83
Type X, Class I ( ≤ 450 ft3) 87
3
3
Type Y, Z & Ex [nP], Class I (≤ 90 ft / 2.54 m ) 45
Type Y, Z & Ex [nP], Class I (≤ 250 ft3 / 7.08 m3) 53
Type X & Ex [px], Class I & II (≤ 450 ft3 / 12.7 m3)91
Vortex Indicator Gauge
111
Enclosure Bulkhead Connector Fitting
120
Enclosure Connection Kit
116
Enclosure Connection Kit
116
Flush Tubing and Pipe Connection
120
Enclosure Pipe Connector
120
Explosion Proof Switch Kit for Class I
117
Explosion Proof Switch Kit for Class II
117
Enclosure Protection Vent, Top Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Side Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Top Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Side Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Top Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Side Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Top Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Side Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Top Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Protection Vent, Side Mount Configuration
112
Enclosure Warning & Temperature Nameplates
114
Enclosure Warning & Temperature Nameplates
114
Enclosure Warning & Temperature Nameplates
114
Explosion Proof Switch for Class I Applications
117
Explosion Proof Switch for Class II Applications
117
In-Line Filter
115
M
140
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Appendix
Model Number Index
Model Number
Description
ILF-6 ILF-8 ISB
L LCK NC NJ... NAMUR
PMK-1 PMK-2 PMK-3 RAB-1 RAB-2 RAH RP1 RP2 SC SMK-1 SMK-2 SMK-3 SMK-4 SMK-6 SMK-8 SMK-10 SRM
TCK TR-10 TR-10G TR-30 TR-30G Universal Mounting Plates
Page
In-Line Filter
In-Line Filter
Intrinsic Safety Barrier
Key Lock Assemblies
"L" Style Conduit Fitting Kit
Tubing & Pipe Connection Fitting, 90º Angle
NAMUR Proximity Detector
Pipe Mounting Kit Hardware
Pipe Mounting Kit Hardware
Pipe Mounting Kit Hardware
Remote Alarm Beacon, Division I Rated
Remote Alarm Beacon, Division II Rated
Remote Alarm Horn, Division I Rated
Redundant Safe Pressure Switch
Redundant Rapid Exchange® Switch
Tubing & Pipe Connection Fitting, Straight Connection
Surface Mounting Kit Hardware
Surface Mounting Kit Hardware
Surface Mounting Kit Hardware
Surface Mounting Kit Hardware
Surface Mounting Kit Hardware
Surface Mounting Kit Hardware
Surface Mounting Kit Hardware
Switch Resistor Module
"T" Style Conduit Fitting Kit
Tamperproof Regulator
Tamperproof Regulator with Gauge
Tamperproof Regulator
Tamperproof Regulator with Gauge
Alternative To The Standard LPS Style Mounting
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
115
115
126
127
119
120
126
122
122
122
128
128
128
127
127
119
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
126
119
116
116
116
116
124
141
Notes
142
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Notes
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Germany: +49 621 776 2222
pa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
USA: 330 486 0002
pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
Singapore: +65 67799091
pa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
143
Staying in touch.
The world over.
Good customer relationships need care and attention. They are
an indication of genuine interest, trust, and a cooperative spirit:
the foundation of Pepperl+Fuchs’ strengths. No matter where you
might be, we are always nearby. And we speak your language –
in more than 140 countries the world over.
At home on all continents
Our customers are at the center of all our activities. Our worldwide network ensures that we provide them with the best
possible service and support. Our world headquarters in
Mannheim services Europe through a network of more than
40 affiliates. Asia is handled by our office in Singapore, with
more than 1,000 employees in manufacturing, service, and
sales. And our North American headquarters in Twinsburg,
Ohio, is responsible for a comprehensive network of offices
and sales partners in the USA, Canada, and Mexico.
No matter where in the world you may be, Pepperl+Fuchs is
right nearby – and always there for you.
Automation Is Our World.
A Perfect Application Solution Is Our Goal.
Defining the need
The need to place general-purpose equipment in
hazardous (classified) locations is not new, yet in the last
three decades the need has intensified dramatically. This
is primarily due to the following facts:
• Process control, measuring and recording equipment
that was once primarily pneumatic is now primarily
general-purpose electronic equipment.
• Motors and switchgears now use electronic accessories
to satisfy the needs for position, speed or process
control and energy efficiency, which often renders the
equipment unsuitable for use in hazardous locations.
• Newly developed equipment, such as robotic
manipulators, CNCs, batch weigh/count and filling
systems, analyzers, programmable controllers and CRT
work stations are rapidly becoming more prevalent in
the industrial work environment.
While the demand for these new devices continues to
grow, most of them cannot be economically installed in a
hazardous location by using explosion-proof enclosures
or intrinsic safety barriers, alone. Most modern electronic
equipment is expensive and delicate. For this reason, it
requires environmental protection that cannot be provided
by explosion-proof enclosures or intrinsic safety barriers.
Therefore, the need for an alternative to explosion-proof
enclosures and intrinsic safety barriers has become
extremely critical.
The alternative is purge and pressurization. As you learn
more about purge and pressurization, it will become
apparent that this technology is exactly what you require.
It will then become obvious that this technology offers
the safest and most economical means of installing
electrical equipment in a hazardous location. In
addition, this technology will undoubtedly impress you
as the only definitive way to enhance your equipment's
performance and access, while increasing the life
expectancy of delicate instruments. Finally, you'll learn
the most important point of all: The answer to your need is
Pepperl+Fuchs.
Pepperl+Fuchs Bebco EPS
Purge and Pressurization Systems Engineer's Guide
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Subject to modifications · © Pepperl+Fuchs
Printed in USA · Part. No. 905611 1/15 01
The Leaders in Purging Technology ®
North/Central America Headquarters
Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.
Twinsburg · Ohio · USA
Tel. +1 330 486 0002
E-Mail: pa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
BEBCO EPS® PURGE AND PRESSURIZATION SYSTEMS
ENGINEER'S GUIDE
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising